gdb/
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gdb / doc / gdbint.texinfo
CommitLineData
9742079a 1\input texinfo @c -*- texinfo -*-
c906108c 2@setfilename gdbint.info
25822942 3@include gdb-cfg.texi
03727ca6 4@dircategory Software development
e9c75b65 5@direntry
c906108c 6* Gdb-Internals: (gdbint). The GNU debugger's internals.
e9c75b65 7@end direntry
c906108c
SS
8
9@ifinfo
25822942 10This file documents the internals of the GNU debugger @value{GDBN}.
c02a867d 11Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1996, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
c91d38aa 12 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006
e9c75b65 13 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
c906108c
SS
14Contributed by Cygnus Solutions. Written by John Gilmore.
15Second Edition by Stan Shebs.
16
e9c75b65
EZ
17Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
18under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or
2a6585f0 19any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
e5249f67
AC
20Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
21Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
22Free Documentation License''.
c906108c
SS
23@end ifinfo
24
25@setchapternewpage off
25822942 26@settitle @value{GDBN} Internals
c906108c 27
56caf160
EZ
28@syncodeindex fn cp
29@syncodeindex vr cp
30
c906108c 31@titlepage
25822942 32@title @value{GDBN} Internals
c906108c
SS
33@subtitle{A guide to the internals of the GNU debugger}
34@author John Gilmore
35@author Cygnus Solutions
36@author Second Edition:
37@author Stan Shebs
38@author Cygnus Solutions
39@page
40@tex
41\def\$#1${{#1}} % Kluge: collect RCS revision info without $...$
42\xdef\manvers{\$Revision$} % For use in headers, footers too
43{\parskip=0pt
44\hfill Cygnus Solutions\par
45\hfill \manvers\par
46\hfill \TeX{}info \texinfoversion\par
47}
48@end tex
49
50@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
1e698235 51Copyright @copyright{} 1990,1991,1992,1993,1994,1996,1998,1999,2000,2001,
c91d38aa 52 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
c906108c 53
e9c75b65
EZ
54Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
55under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or
2a6585f0 56any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
e5249f67
AC
57Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
58Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
59Free Documentation License''.
c906108c
SS
60@end titlepage
61
449f3b6c 62@contents
449f3b6c 63
c906108c
SS
64@node Top
65@c Perhaps this should be the title of the document (but only for info,
66@c not for TeX). Existing GNU manuals seem inconsistent on this point.
67@top Scope of this Document
68
25822942
DB
69This document documents the internals of the GNU debugger, @value{GDBN}. It
70includes description of @value{GDBN}'s key algorithms and operations, as well
71as the mechanisms that adapt @value{GDBN} to specific hosts and targets.
c906108c
SS
72
73@menu
74* Requirements::
75* Overall Structure::
76* Algorithms::
77* User Interface::
89437448 78* libgdb::
c906108c
SS
79* Symbol Handling::
80* Language Support::
81* Host Definition::
82* Target Architecture Definition::
83* Target Vector Definition::
84* Native Debugging::
85* Support Libraries::
86* Coding::
87* Porting GDB::
d52fe014 88* Versions and Branches::
55f6ca0f 89* Start of New Year Procedure::
8973da3a 90* Releasing GDB::
085dd6e6 91* Testsuite::
c906108c 92* Hints::
aab4e0ec 93
bcd7e15f 94* GDB Observers:: @value{GDBN} Currently available observers
aab4e0ec 95* GNU Free Documentation License:: The license for this documentation
56caf160 96* Index::
c906108c
SS
97@end menu
98
99@node Requirements
100
101@chapter Requirements
56caf160 102@cindex requirements for @value{GDBN}
c906108c
SS
103
104Before diving into the internals, you should understand the formal
56caf160
EZ
105requirements and other expectations for @value{GDBN}. Although some
106of these may seem obvious, there have been proposals for @value{GDBN}
107that have run counter to these requirements.
c906108c 108
56caf160
EZ
109First of all, @value{GDBN} is a debugger. It's not designed to be a
110front panel for embedded systems. It's not a text editor. It's not a
111shell. It's not a programming environment.
c906108c 112
56caf160
EZ
113@value{GDBN} is an interactive tool. Although a batch mode is
114available, @value{GDBN}'s primary role is to interact with a human
115programmer.
c906108c 116
56caf160
EZ
117@value{GDBN} should be responsive to the user. A programmer hot on
118the trail of a nasty bug, and operating under a looming deadline, is
119going to be very impatient of everything, including the response time
120to debugger commands.
c906108c 121
56caf160
EZ
122@value{GDBN} should be relatively permissive, such as for expressions.
123While the compiler should be picky (or have the option to be made
be9c6c35 124picky), since source code lives for a long time usually, the
56caf160
EZ
125programmer doing debugging shouldn't be spending time figuring out to
126mollify the debugger.
c906108c 127
56caf160
EZ
128@value{GDBN} will be called upon to deal with really large programs.
129Executable sizes of 50 to 100 megabytes occur regularly, and we've
130heard reports of programs approaching 1 gigabyte in size.
c906108c 131
56caf160
EZ
132@value{GDBN} should be able to run everywhere. No other debugger is
133available for even half as many configurations as @value{GDBN}
134supports.
c906108c
SS
135
136
137@node Overall Structure
138
139@chapter Overall Structure
140
56caf160
EZ
141@value{GDBN} consists of three major subsystems: user interface,
142symbol handling (the @dfn{symbol side}), and target system handling (the
143@dfn{target side}).
c906108c 144
2e685b93 145The user interface consists of several actual interfaces, plus
c906108c
SS
146supporting code.
147
148The symbol side consists of object file readers, debugging info
149interpreters, symbol table management, source language expression
150parsing, type and value printing.
151
152The target side consists of execution control, stack frame analysis, and
153physical target manipulation.
154
155The target side/symbol side division is not formal, and there are a
156number of exceptions. For instance, core file support involves symbolic
157elements (the basic core file reader is in BFD) and target elements (it
158supplies the contents of memory and the values of registers). Instead,
159this division is useful for understanding how the minor subsystems
160should fit together.
161
162@section The Symbol Side
163
56caf160
EZ
164The symbolic side of @value{GDBN} can be thought of as ``everything
165you can do in @value{GDBN} without having a live program running''.
166For instance, you can look at the types of variables, and evaluate
167many kinds of expressions.
c906108c
SS
168
169@section The Target Side
170
56caf160
EZ
171The target side of @value{GDBN} is the ``bits and bytes manipulator''.
172Although it may make reference to symbolic info here and there, most
173of the target side will run with only a stripped executable
174available---or even no executable at all, in remote debugging cases.
c906108c
SS
175
176Operations such as disassembly, stack frame crawls, and register
177display, are able to work with no symbolic info at all. In some cases,
25822942 178such as disassembly, @value{GDBN} will use symbolic info to present addresses
c906108c
SS
179relative to symbols rather than as raw numbers, but it will work either
180way.
181
182@section Configurations
183
56caf160
EZ
184@cindex host
185@cindex target
25822942 186@dfn{Host} refers to attributes of the system where @value{GDBN} runs.
c906108c
SS
187@dfn{Target} refers to the system where the program being debugged
188executes. In most cases they are the same machine, in which case a
189third type of @dfn{Native} attributes come into play.
190
191Defines and include files needed to build on the host are host support.
192Examples are tty support, system defined types, host byte order, host
193float format.
194
195Defines and information needed to handle the target format are target
196dependent. Examples are the stack frame format, instruction set,
197breakpoint instruction, registers, and how to set up and tear down the stack
198to call a function.
199
200Information that is only needed when the host and target are the same,
201is native dependent. One example is Unix child process support; if the
202host and target are not the same, doing a fork to start the target
203process is a bad idea. The various macros needed for finding the
204registers in the @code{upage}, running @code{ptrace}, and such are all
205in the native-dependent files.
206
207Another example of native-dependent code is support for features that
208are really part of the target environment, but which require
209@code{#include} files that are only available on the host system. Core
210file handling and @code{setjmp} handling are two common cases.
211
25822942 212When you want to make @value{GDBN} work ``native'' on a particular machine, you
c906108c
SS
213have to include all three kinds of information.
214
25ab7e6d
EZ
215@section Source Tree Structure
216@cindex @value{GDBN} source tree structure
217
218The @value{GDBN} source directory has a mostly flat structure---there
219are only a few subdirectories. A file's name usually gives a hint as
220to what it does; for example, @file{stabsread.c} reads stabs,
221@file{dwarfread.c} reads DWARF, etc.
222
223Files that are related to some common task have names that share
224common substrings. For example, @file{*-thread.c} files deal with
225debugging threads on various platforms; @file{*read.c} files deal with
226reading various kinds of symbol and object files; @file{inf*.c} files
227deal with direct control of the @dfn{inferior program} (@value{GDBN}
228parlance for the program being debugged).
229
230There are several dozens of files in the @file{*-tdep.c} family.
231@samp{tdep} stands for @dfn{target-dependent code}---each of these
232files implements debug support for a specific target architecture
233(sparc, mips, etc). Usually, only one of these will be used in a
234specific @value{GDBN} configuration (sometimes two, closely related).
235
236Similarly, there are many @file{*-nat.c} files, each one for native
237debugging on a specific system (e.g., @file{sparc-linux-nat.c} is for
238native debugging of Sparc machines running the Linux kernel).
239
240The few subdirectories of the source tree are:
241
242@table @file
243@item cli
244Code that implements @dfn{CLI}, the @value{GDBN} Command-Line
245Interpreter. @xref{User Interface, Command Interpreter}.
246
247@item gdbserver
248Code for the @value{GDBN} remote server.
249
250@item gdbtk
251Code for Insight, the @value{GDBN} TK-based GUI front-end.
252
253@item mi
254The @dfn{GDB/MI}, the @value{GDBN} Machine Interface interpreter.
255
256@item signals
257Target signal translation code.
258
259@item tui
260Code for @dfn{TUI}, the @value{GDBN} Text-mode full-screen User
261Interface. @xref{User Interface, TUI}.
262@end table
c906108c
SS
263
264@node Algorithms
265
266@chapter Algorithms
56caf160 267@cindex algorithms
c906108c 268
56caf160
EZ
269@value{GDBN} uses a number of debugging-specific algorithms. They are
270often not very complicated, but get lost in the thicket of special
271cases and real-world issues. This chapter describes the basic
272algorithms and mentions some of the specific target definitions that
273they use.
c906108c
SS
274
275@section Frames
276
56caf160
EZ
277@cindex frame
278@cindex call stack frame
279A frame is a construct that @value{GDBN} uses to keep track of calling
280and called functions.
c906108c 281
410dd08e 282@cindex frame, unwind
c5e30d01
AC
283@value{GDBN}'s frame model, a fresh design, was implemented with the
284need to support @sc{dwarf}'s Call Frame Information in mind. In fact,
285the term ``unwind'' is taken directly from that specification.
286Developers wishing to learn more about unwinders, are encouraged to
287read the the @sc{dwarf} specification.
410dd08e
JB
288
289@findex frame_register_unwind
c5e30d01
AC
290@findex get_frame_register
291@value{GDBN}'s model is that you find a frame's registers by
292``unwinding'' them from the next younger frame. That is,
293@samp{get_frame_register} which returns the value of a register in
294frame #1 (the next-to-youngest frame), is implemented by calling frame
295#0's @code{frame_register_unwind} (the youngest frame). But then the
296obvious question is: how do you access the registers of the youngest
297frame itself?
410dd08e
JB
298
299@cindex sentinel frame
300@findex get_frame_type
301@vindex SENTINEL_FRAME
302To answer this question, GDB has the @dfn{sentinel} frame, the
303``-1st'' frame. Unwinding registers from the sentinel frame gives you
304the current values of the youngest real frame's registers. If @var{f}
305is a sentinel frame, then @code{get_frame_type (@var{f}) ==
306SENTINEL_FRAME}.
307
7d30c22d
JB
308@section Prologue Analysis
309
310@cindex prologue analysis
311@cindex call frame information
312@cindex CFI (call frame information)
313To produce a backtrace and allow the user to manipulate older frames'
314variables and arguments, @value{GDBN} needs to find the base addresses
315of older frames, and discover where those frames' registers have been
316saved. Since a frame's ``callee-saves'' registers get saved by
317younger frames if and when they're reused, a frame's registers may be
318scattered unpredictably across younger frames. This means that
319changing the value of a register-allocated variable in an older frame
320may actually entail writing to a save slot in some younger frame.
321
322Modern versions of GCC emit Dwarf call frame information (``CFI''),
323which describes how to find frame base addresses and saved registers.
324But CFI is not always available, so as a fallback @value{GDBN} uses a
325technique called @dfn{prologue analysis} to find frame sizes and saved
326registers. A prologue analyzer disassembles the function's machine
327code starting from its entry point, and looks for instructions that
328allocate frame space, save the stack pointer in a frame pointer
329register, save registers, and so on. Obviously, this can't be done
b247355e 330accurately in general, but it's tractable to do well enough to be very
7d30c22d
JB
331helpful. Prologue analysis predates the GNU toolchain's support for
332CFI; at one time, prologue analysis was the only mechanism
333@value{GDBN} used for stack unwinding at all, when the function
334calling conventions didn't specify a fixed frame layout.
335
336In the olden days, function prologues were generated by hand-written,
337target-specific code in GCC, and treated as opaque and untouchable by
338optimizers. Looking at this code, it was usually straightforward to
339write a prologue analyzer for @value{GDBN} that would accurately
340understand all the prologues GCC would generate. However, over time
341GCC became more aggressive about instruction scheduling, and began to
342understand more about the semantics of the prologue instructions
343themselves; in response, @value{GDBN}'s analyzers became more complex
344and fragile. Keeping the prologue analyzers working as GCC (and the
345instruction sets themselves) evolved became a substantial task.
346
347@cindex @file{prologue-value.c}
348@cindex abstract interpretation of function prologues
349@cindex pseudo-evaluation of function prologues
350To try to address this problem, the code in @file{prologue-value.h}
351and @file{prologue-value.c} provides a general framework for writing
352prologue analyzers that are simpler and more robust than ad-hoc
353analyzers. When we analyze a prologue using the prologue-value
354framework, we're really doing ``abstract interpretation'' or
355``pseudo-evaluation'': running the function's code in simulation, but
356using conservative approximations of the values registers and memory
357would hold when the code actually runs. For example, if our function
358starts with the instruction:
359
360@example
361addi r1, 42 # add 42 to r1
362@end example
363@noindent
364we don't know exactly what value will be in @code{r1} after executing
365this instruction, but we do know it'll be 42 greater than its original
366value.
367
368If we then see an instruction like:
369
370@example
371addi r1, 22 # add 22 to r1
372@end example
373@noindent
374we still don't know what @code{r1's} value is, but again, we can say
375it is now 64 greater than its original value.
376
377If the next instruction were:
378
379@example
380mov r2, r1 # set r2 to r1's value
381@end example
382@noindent
383then we can say that @code{r2's} value is now the original value of
384@code{r1} plus 64.
385
386It's common for prologues to save registers on the stack, so we'll
387need to track the values of stack frame slots, as well as the
388registers. So after an instruction like this:
389
390@example
391mov (fp+4), r2
392@end example
393@noindent
394then we'd know that the stack slot four bytes above the frame pointer
395holds the original value of @code{r1} plus 64.
396
397And so on.
398
399Of course, this can only go so far before it gets unreasonable. If we
400wanted to be able to say anything about the value of @code{r1} after
401the instruction:
402
403@example
404xor r1, r3 # exclusive-or r1 and r3, place result in r1
405@end example
406@noindent
407then things would get pretty complex. But remember, we're just doing
408a conservative approximation; if exclusive-or instructions aren't
409relevant to prologues, we can just say @code{r1}'s value is now
410``unknown''. We can ignore things that are too complex, if that loss of
411information is acceptable for our application.
412
413So when we say ``conservative approximation'' here, what we mean is an
414approximation that is either accurate, or marked ``unknown'', but
415never inaccurate.
416
417Using this framework, a prologue analyzer is simply an interpreter for
418machine code, but one that uses conservative approximations for the
419contents of registers and memory instead of actual values. Starting
420from the function's entry point, you simulate instructions up to the
421current PC, or an instruction that you don't know how to simulate.
422Now you can examine the state of the registers and stack slots you've
423kept track of.
424
425@itemize @bullet
426
427@item
428To see how large your stack frame is, just check the value of the
429stack pointer register; if it's the original value of the SP
430minus a constant, then that constant is the stack frame's size.
431If the SP's value has been marked as ``unknown'', then that means
432the prologue has done something too complex for us to track, and
433we don't know the frame size.
434
435@item
436To see where we've saved the previous frame's registers, we just
437search the values we've tracked --- stack slots, usually, but
438registers, too, if you want --- for something equal to the register's
439original value. If the calling conventions suggest a standard place
440to save a given register, then we can check there first, but really,
441anything that will get us back the original value will probably work.
442@end itemize
443
444This does take some work. But prologue analyzers aren't
445quick-and-simple pattern patching to recognize a few fixed prologue
446forms any more; they're big, hairy functions. Along with inferior
447function calls, prologue analysis accounts for a substantial portion
448of the time needed to stabilize a @value{GDBN} port. So it's
449worthwhile to look for an approach that will be easier to understand
450and maintain. In the approach described above:
451
452@itemize @bullet
453
454@item
455It's easier to see that the analyzer is correct: you just see
b247355e 456whether the analyzer properly (albeit conservatively) simulates
7d30c22d
JB
457the effect of each instruction.
458
459@item
460It's easier to extend the analyzer: you can add support for new
461instructions, and know that you haven't broken anything that
462wasn't already broken before.
463
464@item
465It's orthogonal: to gather new information, you don't need to
466complicate the code for each instruction. As long as your domain
467of conservative values is already detailed enough to tell you
468what you need, then all the existing instruction simulations are
469already gathering the right data for you.
470
471@end itemize
472
473The file @file{prologue-value.h} contains detailed comments explaining
474the framework and how to use it.
475
476
c906108c
SS
477@section Breakpoint Handling
478
56caf160 479@cindex breakpoints
c906108c
SS
480In general, a breakpoint is a user-designated location in the program
481where the user wants to regain control if program execution ever reaches
482that location.
483
484There are two main ways to implement breakpoints; either as ``hardware''
485breakpoints or as ``software'' breakpoints.
486
56caf160
EZ
487@cindex hardware breakpoints
488@cindex program counter
c906108c
SS
489Hardware breakpoints are sometimes available as a builtin debugging
490features with some chips. Typically these work by having dedicated
491register into which the breakpoint address may be stored. If the PC
56caf160 492(shorthand for @dfn{program counter})
c906108c 493ever matches a value in a breakpoint registers, the CPU raises an
56caf160
EZ
494exception and reports it to @value{GDBN}.
495
496Another possibility is when an emulator is in use; many emulators
497include circuitry that watches the address lines coming out from the
498processor, and force it to stop if the address matches a breakpoint's
499address.
500
501A third possibility is that the target already has the ability to do
502breakpoints somehow; for instance, a ROM monitor may do its own
503software breakpoints. So although these are not literally ``hardware
504breakpoints'', from @value{GDBN}'s point of view they work the same;
50e3ee83 505@value{GDBN} need not do anything more than set the breakpoint and wait
56caf160 506for something to happen.
c906108c
SS
507
508Since they depend on hardware resources, hardware breakpoints may be
56caf160 509limited in number; when the user asks for more, @value{GDBN} will
9742079a 510start trying to set software breakpoints. (On some architectures,
937f164b 511notably the 32-bit x86 platforms, @value{GDBN} cannot always know
9742079a
EZ
512whether there's enough hardware resources to insert all the hardware
513breakpoints and watchpoints. On those platforms, @value{GDBN} prints
514an error message only when the program being debugged is continued.)
56caf160
EZ
515
516@cindex software breakpoints
517Software breakpoints require @value{GDBN} to do somewhat more work.
518The basic theory is that @value{GDBN} will replace a program
519instruction with a trap, illegal divide, or some other instruction
520that will cause an exception, and then when it's encountered,
521@value{GDBN} will take the exception and stop the program. When the
522user says to continue, @value{GDBN} will restore the original
c906108c
SS
523instruction, single-step, re-insert the trap, and continue on.
524
525Since it literally overwrites the program being tested, the program area
be9c6c35 526must be writable, so this technique won't work on programs in ROM. It
c906108c 527can also distort the behavior of programs that examine themselves,
56caf160 528although such a situation would be highly unusual.
c906108c
SS
529
530Also, the software breakpoint instruction should be the smallest size of
531instruction, so it doesn't overwrite an instruction that might be a jump
532target, and cause disaster when the program jumps into the middle of the
533breakpoint instruction. (Strictly speaking, the breakpoint must be no
534larger than the smallest interval between instructions that may be jump
535targets; perhaps there is an architecture where only even-numbered
536instructions may jumped to.) Note that it's possible for an instruction
537set not to have any instructions usable for a software breakpoint,
538although in practice only the ARC has failed to define such an
539instruction.
540
56caf160 541@findex BREAKPOINT
c906108c
SS
542The basic definition of the software breakpoint is the macro
543@code{BREAKPOINT}.
544
545Basic breakpoint object handling is in @file{breakpoint.c}. However,
546much of the interesting breakpoint action is in @file{infrun.c}.
547
8181d85f
DJ
548@table @code
549@cindex insert or remove software breakpoint
550@findex target_remove_breakpoint
551@findex target_insert_breakpoint
552@item target_remove_breakpoint (@var{bp_tgt})
553@itemx target_insert_breakpoint (@var{bp_tgt})
554Insert or remove a software breakpoint at address
555@code{@var{bp_tgt}->placed_address}. Returns zero for success,
556non-zero for failure. On input, @var{bp_tgt} contains the address of the
557breakpoint, and is otherwise initialized to zero. The fields of the
558@code{struct bp_target_info} pointed to by @var{bp_tgt} are updated
559to contain other information about the breakpoint on output. The field
560@code{placed_address} may be updated if the breakpoint was placed at a
561related address; the field @code{shadow_contents} contains the real
562contents of the bytes where the breakpoint has been inserted,
563if reading memory would return the breakpoint instead of the
564underlying memory; the field @code{shadow_len} is the length of
565memory cached in @code{shadow_contents}, if any; and the field
566@code{placed_size} is optionally set and used by the target, if
567it could differ from @code{shadow_len}.
568
569For example, the remote target @samp{Z0} packet does not require
570shadowing memory, so @code{shadow_len} is left at zero. However,
571the length reported by @code{BREAKPOINT_FROM_PC} is cached in
572@code{placed_size}, so that a matching @samp{z0} packet can be
573used to remove the breakpoint.
574
575@cindex insert or remove hardware breakpoint
576@findex target_remove_hw_breakpoint
577@findex target_insert_hw_breakpoint
578@item target_remove_hw_breakpoint (@var{bp_tgt})
579@itemx target_insert_hw_breakpoint (@var{bp_tgt})
580Insert or remove a hardware-assisted breakpoint at address
581@code{@var{bp_tgt}->placed_address}. Returns zero for success,
582non-zero for failure. See @code{target_insert_breakpoint} for
583a description of the @code{struct bp_target_info} pointed to by
584@var{bp_tgt}; the @code{shadow_contents} and
585@code{shadow_len} members are not used for hardware breakpoints,
586but @code{placed_size} may be.
587@end table
588
c906108c
SS
589@section Single Stepping
590
591@section Signal Handling
592
593@section Thread Handling
594
595@section Inferior Function Calls
596
597@section Longjmp Support
598
56caf160 599@cindex @code{longjmp} debugging
25822942 600@value{GDBN} has support for figuring out that the target is doing a
c906108c
SS
601@code{longjmp} and for stopping at the target of the jump, if we are
602stepping. This is done with a few specialized internal breakpoints,
56caf160
EZ
603which are visible in the output of the @samp{maint info breakpoint}
604command.
c906108c 605
56caf160 606@findex GET_LONGJMP_TARGET
c906108c
SS
607To make this work, you need to define a macro called
608@code{GET_LONGJMP_TARGET}, which will examine the @code{jmp_buf}
609structure and extract the longjmp target address. Since @code{jmp_buf}
610is target specific, you will need to define it in the appropriate
56caf160 611@file{tm-@var{target}.h} file. Look in @file{tm-sun4os4.h} and
c906108c
SS
612@file{sparc-tdep.c} for examples of how to do this.
613
9742079a
EZ
614@section Watchpoints
615@cindex watchpoints
616
617Watchpoints are a special kind of breakpoints (@pxref{Algorithms,
618breakpoints}) which break when data is accessed rather than when some
619instruction is executed. When you have data which changes without
620your knowing what code does that, watchpoints are the silver bullet to
621hunt down and kill such bugs.
622
623@cindex hardware watchpoints
624@cindex software watchpoints
625Watchpoints can be either hardware-assisted or not; the latter type is
626known as ``software watchpoints.'' @value{GDBN} always uses
627hardware-assisted watchpoints if they are available, and falls back on
628software watchpoints otherwise. Typical situations where @value{GDBN}
629will use software watchpoints are:
630
631@itemize @bullet
632@item
633The watched memory region is too large for the underlying hardware
634watchpoint support. For example, each x86 debug register can watch up
635to 4 bytes of memory, so trying to watch data structures whose size is
636more than 16 bytes will cause @value{GDBN} to use software
637watchpoints.
638
639@item
640The value of the expression to be watched depends on data held in
641registers (as opposed to memory).
642
643@item
644Too many different watchpoints requested. (On some architectures,
645this situation is impossible to detect until the debugged program is
646resumed.) Note that x86 debug registers are used both for hardware
647breakpoints and for watchpoints, so setting too many hardware
648breakpoints might cause watchpoint insertion to fail.
649
650@item
651No hardware-assisted watchpoints provided by the target
652implementation.
653@end itemize
654
655Software watchpoints are very slow, since @value{GDBN} needs to
656single-step the program being debugged and test the value of the
657watched expression(s) after each instruction. The rest of this
658section is mostly irrelevant for software watchpoints.
659
b6b8ece6
EZ
660When the inferior stops, @value{GDBN} tries to establish, among other
661possible reasons, whether it stopped due to a watchpoint being hit.
662For a data-write watchpoint, it does so by evaluating, for each
663watchpoint, the expression whose value is being watched, and testing
664whether the watched value has changed. For data-read and data-access
665watchpoints, @value{GDBN} needs the target to supply a primitive that
666returns the address of the data that was accessed or read (see the
667description of @code{target_stopped_data_address} below): if this
668primitive returns a valid address, @value{GDBN} infers that a
669watchpoint triggered if it watches an expression whose evaluation uses
670that address.
671
9742079a
EZ
672@value{GDBN} uses several macros and primitives to support hardware
673watchpoints:
674
675@table @code
676@findex TARGET_HAS_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINTS
677@item TARGET_HAS_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINTS
678If defined, the target supports hardware watchpoints.
679
680@findex TARGET_CAN_USE_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINT
681@item TARGET_CAN_USE_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINT (@var{type}, @var{count}, @var{other})
682Return the number of hardware watchpoints of type @var{type} that are
683possible to be set. The value is positive if @var{count} watchpoints
684of this type can be set, zero if setting watchpoints of this type is
685not supported, and negative if @var{count} is more than the maximum
686number of watchpoints of type @var{type} that can be set. @var{other}
687is non-zero if other types of watchpoints are currently enabled (there
688are architectures which cannot set watchpoints of different types at
689the same time).
690
691@findex TARGET_REGION_OK_FOR_HW_WATCHPOINT
692@item TARGET_REGION_OK_FOR_HW_WATCHPOINT (@var{addr}, @var{len})
693Return non-zero if hardware watchpoints can be used to watch a region
694whose address is @var{addr} and whose length in bytes is @var{len}.
695
b6b8ece6 696@cindex insert or remove hardware watchpoint
9742079a
EZ
697@findex target_insert_watchpoint
698@findex target_remove_watchpoint
699@item target_insert_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len}, @var{type})
700@itemx target_remove_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len}, @var{type})
701Insert or remove a hardware watchpoint starting at @var{addr}, for
702@var{len} bytes. @var{type} is the watchpoint type, one of the
703possible values of the enumerated data type @code{target_hw_bp_type},
704defined by @file{breakpoint.h} as follows:
705
474c8240 706@smallexample
9742079a
EZ
707 enum target_hw_bp_type
708 @{
709 hw_write = 0, /* Common (write) HW watchpoint */
710 hw_read = 1, /* Read HW watchpoint */
711 hw_access = 2, /* Access (read or write) HW watchpoint */
712 hw_execute = 3 /* Execute HW breakpoint */
713 @};
474c8240 714@end smallexample
9742079a
EZ
715
716@noindent
717These two macros should return 0 for success, non-zero for failure.
718
9742079a 719@findex target_stopped_data_address
ac77d04f
JJ
720@item target_stopped_data_address (@var{addr_p})
721If the inferior has some watchpoint that triggered, place the address
722associated with the watchpoint at the location pointed to by
b6b8ece6
EZ
723@var{addr_p} and return non-zero. Otherwise, return zero. Note that
724this primitive is used by @value{GDBN} only on targets that support
725data-read or data-access type watchpoints, so targets that have
726support only for data-write watchpoints need not implement these
727primitives.
9742079a 728
9742079a
EZ
729@findex HAVE_STEPPABLE_WATCHPOINT
730@item HAVE_STEPPABLE_WATCHPOINT
731If defined to a non-zero value, it is not necessary to disable a
732watchpoint to step over it.
733
734@findex HAVE_NONSTEPPABLE_WATCHPOINT
735@item HAVE_NONSTEPPABLE_WATCHPOINT
736If defined to a non-zero value, @value{GDBN} should disable a
737watchpoint to step the inferior over it.
738
739@findex HAVE_CONTINUABLE_WATCHPOINT
740@item HAVE_CONTINUABLE_WATCHPOINT
741If defined to a non-zero value, it is possible to continue the
742inferior after a watchpoint has been hit.
743
744@findex CANNOT_STEP_HW_WATCHPOINTS
745@item CANNOT_STEP_HW_WATCHPOINTS
746If this is defined to a non-zero value, @value{GDBN} will remove all
747watchpoints before stepping the inferior.
748
749@findex STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT
750@item STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT (@var{wait_status})
751Return non-zero if stopped by a watchpoint. @var{wait_status} is of
752the type @code{struct target_waitstatus}, defined by @file{target.h}.
b6b8ece6
EZ
753Normally, this macro is defined to invoke the function pointed to by
754the @code{to_stopped_by_watchpoint} member of the structure (of the
755type @code{target_ops}, defined on @file{target.h}) that describes the
756target-specific operations; @code{to_stopped_by_watchpoint} ignores
757the @var{wait_status} argument.
758
759@value{GDBN} does not require the non-zero value returned by
760@code{STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT} to be 100% correct, so if a target cannot
761determine for sure whether the inferior stopped due to a watchpoint,
762it could return non-zero ``just in case''.
9742079a
EZ
763@end table
764
765@subsection x86 Watchpoints
766@cindex x86 debug registers
767@cindex watchpoints, on x86
768
769The 32-bit Intel x86 (a.k.a.@: ia32) processors feature special debug
770registers designed to facilitate debugging. @value{GDBN} provides a
771generic library of functions that x86-based ports can use to implement
772support for watchpoints and hardware-assisted breakpoints. This
773subsection documents the x86 watchpoint facilities in @value{GDBN}.
774
775To use the generic x86 watchpoint support, a port should do the
776following:
777
778@itemize @bullet
779@findex I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS
780@item
781Define the macro @code{I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS} somewhere in the
782target-dependent headers.
783
784@item
785Include the @file{config/i386/nm-i386.h} header file @emph{after}
786defining @code{I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS}.
787
788@item
789Add @file{i386-nat.o} to the value of the Make variable
790@code{NATDEPFILES} (@pxref{Native Debugging, NATDEPFILES}) or
791@code{TDEPFILES} (@pxref{Target Architecture Definition, TDEPFILES}).
792
793@item
794Provide implementations for the @code{I386_DR_LOW_*} macros described
795below. Typically, each macro should call a target-specific function
796which does the real work.
797@end itemize
798
799The x86 watchpoint support works by maintaining mirror images of the
800debug registers. Values are copied between the mirror images and the
801real debug registers via a set of macros which each target needs to
802provide:
803
804@table @code
805@findex I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL
806@item I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL (@var{val})
807Set the Debug Control (DR7) register to the value @var{val}.
808
809@findex I386_DR_LOW_SET_ADDR
810@item I386_DR_LOW_SET_ADDR (@var{idx}, @var{addr})
811Put the address @var{addr} into the debug register number @var{idx}.
812
813@findex I386_DR_LOW_RESET_ADDR
814@item I386_DR_LOW_RESET_ADDR (@var{idx})
815Reset (i.e.@: zero out) the address stored in the debug register
816number @var{idx}.
817
818@findex I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS
819@item I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS
820Return the value of the Debug Status (DR6) register. This value is
821used immediately after it is returned by
822@code{I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS}, so as to support per-thread status
823register values.
824@end table
825
826For each one of the 4 debug registers (whose indices are from 0 to 3)
827that store addresses, a reference count is maintained by @value{GDBN},
828to allow sharing of debug registers by several watchpoints. This
829allows users to define several watchpoints that watch the same
830expression, but with different conditions and/or commands, without
831wasting debug registers which are in short supply. @value{GDBN}
832maintains the reference counts internally, targets don't have to do
833anything to use this feature.
834
835The x86 debug registers can each watch a region that is 1, 2, or 4
836bytes long. The ia32 architecture requires that each watched region
837be appropriately aligned: 2-byte region on 2-byte boundary, 4-byte
838region on 4-byte boundary. However, the x86 watchpoint support in
839@value{GDBN} can watch unaligned regions and regions larger than 4
840bytes (up to 16 bytes) by allocating several debug registers to watch
841a single region. This allocation of several registers per a watched
842region is also done automatically without target code intervention.
843
844The generic x86 watchpoint support provides the following API for the
845@value{GDBN}'s application code:
846
847@table @code
848@findex i386_region_ok_for_watchpoint
849@item i386_region_ok_for_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len})
850The macro @code{TARGET_REGION_OK_FOR_HW_WATCHPOINT} is set to call
851this function. It counts the number of debug registers required to
852watch a given region, and returns a non-zero value if that number is
853less than 4, the number of debug registers available to x86
854processors.
855
856@findex i386_stopped_data_address
ac77d04f
JJ
857@item i386_stopped_data_address (@var{addr_p})
858The target function
859@code{target_stopped_data_address} is set to call this function.
860This
9742079a
EZ
861function examines the breakpoint condition bits in the DR6 Debug
862Status register, as returned by the @code{I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS}
863macro, and returns the address associated with the first bit that is
864set in DR6.
865
ac77d04f
JJ
866@findex i386_stopped_by_watchpoint
867@item i386_stopped_by_watchpoint (void)
868The macro @code{STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT}
869is set to call this function. The
870argument passed to @code{STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT} is ignored. This
871function examines the breakpoint condition bits in the DR6 Debug
872Status register, as returned by the @code{I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS}
873macro, and returns true if any bit is set. Otherwise, false is
874returned.
875
9742079a
EZ
876@findex i386_insert_watchpoint
877@findex i386_remove_watchpoint
878@item i386_insert_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len}, @var{type})
879@itemx i386_remove_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len}, @var{type})
880Insert or remove a watchpoint. The macros
881@code{target_insert_watchpoint} and @code{target_remove_watchpoint}
882are set to call these functions. @code{i386_insert_watchpoint} first
883looks for a debug register which is already set to watch the same
884region for the same access types; if found, it just increments the
885reference count of that debug register, thus implementing debug
886register sharing between watchpoints. If no such register is found,
937f164b
FF
887the function looks for a vacant debug register, sets its mirrored
888value to @var{addr}, sets the mirrored value of DR7 Debug Control
9742079a
EZ
889register as appropriate for the @var{len} and @var{type} parameters,
890and then passes the new values of the debug register and DR7 to the
891inferior by calling @code{I386_DR_LOW_SET_ADDR} and
892@code{I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL}. If more than one debug register is
893required to cover the given region, the above process is repeated for
894each debug register.
895
896@code{i386_remove_watchpoint} does the opposite: it resets the address
937f164b
FF
897in the mirrored value of the debug register and its read/write and
898length bits in the mirrored value of DR7, then passes these new
9742079a
EZ
899values to the inferior via @code{I386_DR_LOW_RESET_ADDR} and
900@code{I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL}. If a register is shared by several
901watchpoints, each time a @code{i386_remove_watchpoint} is called, it
902decrements the reference count, and only calls
903@code{I386_DR_LOW_RESET_ADDR} and @code{I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL} when
904the count goes to zero.
905
906@findex i386_insert_hw_breakpoint
907@findex i386_remove_hw_breakpoint
8181d85f
DJ
908@item i386_insert_hw_breakpoint (@var{bp_tgt})
909@itemx i386_remove_hw_breakpoint (@var{bp_tgt})
9742079a
EZ
910These functions insert and remove hardware-assisted breakpoints. The
911macros @code{target_insert_hw_breakpoint} and
912@code{target_remove_hw_breakpoint} are set to call these functions.
8181d85f
DJ
913The argument is a @code{struct bp_target_info *}, as described in
914the documentation for @code{target_insert_breakpoint}.
9742079a
EZ
915These functions work like @code{i386_insert_watchpoint} and
916@code{i386_remove_watchpoint}, respectively, except that they set up
917the debug registers to watch instruction execution, and each
918hardware-assisted breakpoint always requires exactly one debug
919register.
920
921@findex i386_stopped_by_hwbp
922@item i386_stopped_by_hwbp (void)
923This function returns non-zero if the inferior has some watchpoint or
924hardware breakpoint that triggered. It works like
ac77d04f 925@code{i386_stopped_data_address}, except that it doesn't record the
9742079a
EZ
926address whose watchpoint triggered.
927
928@findex i386_cleanup_dregs
929@item i386_cleanup_dregs (void)
930This function clears all the reference counts, addresses, and control
931bits in the mirror images of the debug registers. It doesn't affect
932the actual debug registers in the inferior process.
933@end table
934
935@noindent
936@strong{Notes:}
937@enumerate 1
938@item
939x86 processors support setting watchpoints on I/O reads or writes.
940However, since no target supports this (as of March 2001), and since
941@code{enum target_hw_bp_type} doesn't even have an enumeration for I/O
942watchpoints, this feature is not yet available to @value{GDBN} running
943on x86.
944
945@item
946x86 processors can enable watchpoints locally, for the current task
947only, or globally, for all the tasks. For each debug register,
948there's a bit in the DR7 Debug Control register that determines
949whether the associated address is watched locally or globally. The
950current implementation of x86 watchpoint support in @value{GDBN}
951always sets watchpoints to be locally enabled, since global
952watchpoints might interfere with the underlying OS and are probably
953unavailable in many platforms.
954@end enumerate
955
5c95884b
MS
956@section Checkpoints
957@cindex checkpoints
958@cindex restart
959In the abstract, a checkpoint is a point in the execution history of
960the program, which the user may wish to return to at some later time.
961
962Internally, a checkpoint is a saved copy of the program state, including
963whatever information is required in order to restore the program to that
964state at a later time. This can be expected to include the state of
965registers and memory, and may include external state such as the state
966of open files and devices.
967
968There are a number of ways in which checkpoints may be implemented
b247355e 969in gdb, e.g.@: as corefiles, as forked processes, and as some opaque
5c95884b
MS
970method implemented on the target side.
971
972A corefile can be used to save an image of target memory and register
973state, which can in principle be restored later --- but corefiles do
974not typically include information about external entities such as
975open files. Currently this method is not implemented in gdb.
976
977A forked process can save the state of user memory and registers,
978as well as some subset of external (kernel) state. This method
979is used to implement checkpoints on Linux, and in principle might
980be used on other systems.
981
b247355e 982Some targets, e.g.@: simulators, might have their own built-in
5c95884b
MS
983method for saving checkpoints, and gdb might be able to take
984advantage of that capability without necessarily knowing any
985details of how it is done.
986
987
bcd7e15f
JB
988@section Observing changes in @value{GDBN} internals
989@cindex observer pattern interface
990@cindex notifications about changes in internals
991
992In order to function properly, several modules need to be notified when
993some changes occur in the @value{GDBN} internals. Traditionally, these
994modules have relied on several paradigms, the most common ones being
995hooks and gdb-events. Unfortunately, none of these paradigms was
996versatile enough to become the standard notification mechanism in
997@value{GDBN}. The fact that they only supported one ``client'' was also
998a strong limitation.
999
1000A new paradigm, based on the Observer pattern of the @cite{Design
1001Patterns} book, has therefore been implemented. The goal was to provide
1002a new interface overcoming the issues with the notification mechanisms
1003previously available. This new interface needed to be strongly typed,
1004easy to extend, and versatile enough to be used as the standard
1005interface when adding new notifications.
1006
1007See @ref{GDB Observers} for a brief description of the observers
1008currently implemented in GDB. The rationale for the current
1009implementation is also briefly discussed.
1010
c906108c
SS
1011@node User Interface
1012
1013@chapter User Interface
1014
25822942 1015@value{GDBN} has several user interfaces. Although the command-line interface
c906108c
SS
1016is the most common and most familiar, there are others.
1017
1018@section Command Interpreter
1019
56caf160 1020@cindex command interpreter
0ee54786 1021@cindex CLI
25822942 1022The command interpreter in @value{GDBN} is fairly simple. It is designed to
c906108c
SS
1023allow for the set of commands to be augmented dynamically, and also
1024has a recursive subcommand capability, where the first argument to
1025a command may itself direct a lookup on a different command list.
1026
56caf160
EZ
1027For instance, the @samp{set} command just starts a lookup on the
1028@code{setlist} command list, while @samp{set thread} recurses
c906108c
SS
1029to the @code{set_thread_cmd_list}.
1030
56caf160
EZ
1031@findex add_cmd
1032@findex add_com
c906108c
SS
1033To add commands in general, use @code{add_cmd}. @code{add_com} adds to
1034the main command list, and should be used for those commands. The usual
cfeada60 1035place to add commands is in the @code{_initialize_@var{xyz}} routines at
9742079a 1036the ends of most source files.
cfeada60 1037
40dd2248
TT
1038@findex add_setshow_cmd
1039@findex add_setshow_cmd_full
1040To add paired @samp{set} and @samp{show} commands, use
1041@code{add_setshow_cmd} or @code{add_setshow_cmd_full}. The former is
1042a slightly simpler interface which is useful when you don't need to
1043further modify the new command structures, while the latter returns
1044the new command structures for manipulation.
1045
56caf160
EZ
1046@cindex deprecating commands
1047@findex deprecate_cmd
cfeada60
FN
1048Before removing commands from the command set it is a good idea to
1049deprecate them for some time. Use @code{deprecate_cmd} on commands or
1050aliases to set the deprecated flag. @code{deprecate_cmd} takes a
1051@code{struct cmd_list_element} as it's first argument. You can use the
1052return value from @code{add_com} or @code{add_cmd} to deprecate the
1053command immediately after it is created.
1054
c72e7388 1055The first time a command is used the user will be warned and offered a
cfeada60
FN
1056replacement (if one exists). Note that the replacement string passed to
1057@code{deprecate_cmd} should be the full name of the command, i.e. the
1058entire string the user should type at the command line.
c906108c 1059
0ee54786
EZ
1060@section UI-Independent Output---the @code{ui_out} Functions
1061@c This section is based on the documentation written by Fernando
1062@c Nasser <fnasser@redhat.com>.
1063
1064@cindex @code{ui_out} functions
1065The @code{ui_out} functions present an abstraction level for the
1066@value{GDBN} output code. They hide the specifics of different user
1067interfaces supported by @value{GDBN}, and thus free the programmer
1068from the need to write several versions of the same code, one each for
1069every UI, to produce output.
1070
1071@subsection Overview and Terminology
1072
1073In general, execution of each @value{GDBN} command produces some sort
1074of output, and can even generate an input request.
1075
1076Output can be generated for the following purposes:
1077
1078@itemize @bullet
1079@item
1080to display a @emph{result} of an operation;
1081
1082@item
1083to convey @emph{info} or produce side-effects of a requested
1084operation;
1085
1086@item
1087to provide a @emph{notification} of an asynchronous event (including
1088progress indication of a prolonged asynchronous operation);
1089
1090@item
1091to display @emph{error messages} (including warnings);
1092
1093@item
1094to show @emph{debug data};
1095
1096@item
1097to @emph{query} or prompt a user for input (a special case).
1098@end itemize
1099
1100@noindent
1101This section mainly concentrates on how to build result output,
1102although some of it also applies to other kinds of output.
1103
1104Generation of output that displays the results of an operation
1105involves one or more of the following:
1106
1107@itemize @bullet
1108@item
1109output of the actual data
1110
1111@item
1112formatting the output as appropriate for console output, to make it
1113easily readable by humans
1114
1115@item
1116machine oriented formatting--a more terse formatting to allow for easy
1117parsing by programs which read @value{GDBN}'s output
1118
1119@item
c72e7388
AC
1120annotation, whose purpose is to help legacy GUIs to identify interesting
1121parts in the output
0ee54786
EZ
1122@end itemize
1123
1124The @code{ui_out} routines take care of the first three aspects.
c72e7388
AC
1125Annotations are provided by separate annotation routines. Note that use
1126of annotations for an interface between a GUI and @value{GDBN} is
0ee54786
EZ
1127deprecated.
1128
c72e7388
AC
1129Output can be in the form of a single item, which we call a @dfn{field};
1130a @dfn{list} consisting of identical fields; a @dfn{tuple} consisting of
1131non-identical fields; or a @dfn{table}, which is a tuple consisting of a
1132header and a body. In a BNF-like form:
0ee54786 1133
c72e7388
AC
1134@table @code
1135@item <table> @expansion{}
1136@code{<header> <body>}
1137@item <header> @expansion{}
1138@code{@{ <column> @}}
1139@item <column> @expansion{}
1140@code{<width> <alignment> <title>}
1141@item <body> @expansion{}
1142@code{@{<row>@}}
1143@end table
0ee54786
EZ
1144
1145
1146@subsection General Conventions
1147
c72e7388
AC
1148Most @code{ui_out} routines are of type @code{void}, the exceptions are
1149@code{ui_out_stream_new} (which returns a pointer to the newly created
1150object) and the @code{make_cleanup} routines.
0ee54786 1151
c72e7388
AC
1152The first parameter is always the @code{ui_out} vector object, a pointer
1153to a @code{struct ui_out}.
0ee54786 1154
c72e7388
AC
1155The @var{format} parameter is like in @code{printf} family of functions.
1156When it is present, there must also be a variable list of arguments
1157sufficient used to satisfy the @code{%} specifiers in the supplied
0ee54786
EZ
1158format.
1159
c72e7388
AC
1160When a character string argument is not used in a @code{ui_out} function
1161call, a @code{NULL} pointer has to be supplied instead.
0ee54786
EZ
1162
1163
c72e7388 1164@subsection Table, Tuple and List Functions
0ee54786
EZ
1165
1166@cindex list output functions
1167@cindex table output functions
c72e7388
AC
1168@cindex tuple output functions
1169This section introduces @code{ui_out} routines for building lists,
1170tuples and tables. The routines to output the actual data items
1171(fields) are presented in the next section.
0ee54786 1172
c72e7388
AC
1173To recap: A @dfn{tuple} is a sequence of @dfn{fields}, each field
1174containing information about an object; a @dfn{list} is a sequence of
1175fields where each field describes an identical object.
0ee54786 1176
c72e7388
AC
1177Use the @dfn{table} functions when your output consists of a list of
1178rows (tuples) and the console output should include a heading. Use this
1179even when you are listing just one object but you still want the header.
0ee54786
EZ
1180
1181@cindex nesting level in @code{ui_out} functions
c72e7388
AC
1182Tables can not be nested. Tuples and lists can be nested up to a
1183maximum of five levels.
0ee54786
EZ
1184
1185The overall structure of the table output code is something like this:
1186
474c8240 1187@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1188 ui_out_table_begin
1189 ui_out_table_header
c72e7388 1190 @dots{}
0ee54786 1191 ui_out_table_body
c72e7388 1192 ui_out_tuple_begin
0ee54786 1193 ui_out_field_*
c72e7388
AC
1194 @dots{}
1195 ui_out_tuple_end
1196 @dots{}
0ee54786 1197 ui_out_table_end
474c8240 1198@end smallexample
0ee54786 1199
c72e7388 1200Here is the description of table-, tuple- and list-related @code{ui_out}
0ee54786
EZ
1201functions:
1202
c72e7388
AC
1203@deftypefun void ui_out_table_begin (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{nbrofcols}, int @var{nr_rows}, const char *@var{tblid})
1204The function @code{ui_out_table_begin} marks the beginning of the output
1205of a table. It should always be called before any other @code{ui_out}
1206function for a given table. @var{nbrofcols} is the number of columns in
1207the table. @var{nr_rows} is the number of rows in the table.
1208@var{tblid} is an optional string identifying the table. The string
1209pointed to by @var{tblid} is copied by the implementation of
1210@code{ui_out_table_begin}, so the application can free the string if it
1211was @code{malloc}ed.
0ee54786
EZ
1212
1213The companion function @code{ui_out_table_end}, described below, marks
1214the end of the table's output.
1215@end deftypefun
1216
c72e7388
AC
1217@deftypefun void ui_out_table_header (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{width}, enum ui_align @var{alignment}, const char *@var{colhdr})
1218@code{ui_out_table_header} provides the header information for a single
1219table column. You call this function several times, one each for every
1220column of the table, after @code{ui_out_table_begin}, but before
1221@code{ui_out_table_body}.
0ee54786
EZ
1222
1223The value of @var{width} gives the column width in characters. The
1224value of @var{alignment} is one of @code{left}, @code{center}, and
1225@code{right}, and it specifies how to align the header: left-justify,
1226center, or right-justify it. @var{colhdr} points to a string that
1227specifies the column header; the implementation copies that string, so
c72e7388
AC
1228column header strings in @code{malloc}ed storage can be freed after the
1229call.
0ee54786
EZ
1230@end deftypefun
1231
1232@deftypefun void ui_out_table_body (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
c72e7388 1233This function delimits the table header from the table body.
0ee54786
EZ
1234@end deftypefun
1235
1236@deftypefun void ui_out_table_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
c72e7388
AC
1237This function signals the end of a table's output. It should be called
1238after the table body has been produced by the list and field output
1239functions.
0ee54786
EZ
1240
1241There should be exactly one call to @code{ui_out_table_end} for each
c72e7388
AC
1242call to @code{ui_out_table_begin}, otherwise the @code{ui_out} functions
1243will signal an internal error.
0ee54786
EZ
1244@end deftypefun
1245
c72e7388 1246The output of the tuples that represent the table rows must follow the
0ee54786 1247call to @code{ui_out_table_body} and precede the call to
c72e7388
AC
1248@code{ui_out_table_end}. You build a tuple by calling
1249@code{ui_out_tuple_begin} and @code{ui_out_tuple_end}, with suitable
0ee54786
EZ
1250calls to functions which actually output fields between them.
1251
c72e7388
AC
1252@deftypefun void ui_out_tuple_begin (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{id})
1253This function marks the beginning of a tuple output. @var{id} points
1254to an optional string that identifies the tuple; it is copied by the
1255implementation, and so strings in @code{malloc}ed storage can be freed
1256after the call.
1257@end deftypefun
1258
1259@deftypefun void ui_out_tuple_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
1260This function signals an end of a tuple output. There should be exactly
1261one call to @code{ui_out_tuple_end} for each call to
1262@code{ui_out_tuple_begin}, otherwise an internal @value{GDBN} error will
1263be signaled.
1264@end deftypefun
1265
1266@deftypefun struct cleanup *make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{id})
1267This function first opens the tuple and then establishes a cleanup
1268(@pxref{Coding, Cleanups}) to close the tuple. It provides a convenient
1269and correct implementation of the non-portable@footnote{The function
b9aa90c9 1270cast is not portable ISO C.} code sequence:
c72e7388
AC
1271@smallexample
1272struct cleanup *old_cleanup;
1273ui_out_tuple_begin (uiout, "...");
1274old_cleanup = make_cleanup ((void(*)(void *)) ui_out_tuple_end,
1275 uiout);
1276@end smallexample
1277@end deftypefun
1278
1279@deftypefun void ui_out_list_begin (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{id})
1280This function marks the beginning of a list output. @var{id} points to
1281an optional string that identifies the list; it is copied by the
1282implementation, and so strings in @code{malloc}ed storage can be freed
1283after the call.
0ee54786
EZ
1284@end deftypefun
1285
1286@deftypefun void ui_out_list_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
c72e7388
AC
1287This function signals an end of a list output. There should be exactly
1288one call to @code{ui_out_list_end} for each call to
1289@code{ui_out_list_begin}, otherwise an internal @value{GDBN} error will
1290be signaled.
1291@end deftypefun
1292
1293@deftypefun struct cleanup *make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{id})
1294Similar to @code{make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end}, this function
1295opens a list and then establishes cleanup (@pxref{Coding, Cleanups})
1296that will close the list.list.
0ee54786
EZ
1297@end deftypefun
1298
1299@subsection Item Output Functions
1300
1301@cindex item output functions
1302@cindex field output functions
1303@cindex data output
1304The functions described below produce output for the actual data
1305items, or fields, which contain information about the object.
1306
1307Choose the appropriate function accordingly to your particular needs.
1308
1309@deftypefun void ui_out_field_fmt (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, char *@var{fldname}, char *@var{format}, ...)
1310This is the most general output function. It produces the
1311representation of the data in the variable-length argument list
1312according to formatting specifications in @var{format}, a
1313@code{printf}-like format string. The optional argument @var{fldname}
1314supplies the name of the field. The data items themselves are
1315supplied as additional arguments after @var{format}.
1316
1317This generic function should be used only when it is not possible to
1318use one of the specialized versions (see below).
1319@end deftypefun
1320
c72e7388 1321@deftypefun void ui_out_field_int (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fldname}, int @var{value})
0ee54786
EZ
1322This function outputs a value of an @code{int} variable. It uses the
1323@code{"%d"} output conversion specification. @var{fldname} specifies
1324the name of the field.
1325@end deftypefun
8d19fbd2
JJ
1326
1327@deftypefun void ui_out_field_fmt_int (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{width}, enum ui_align @var{alignment}, const char *@var{fldname}, int @var{value})
1328This function outputs a value of an @code{int} variable. It differs from
1329@code{ui_out_field_int} in that the caller specifies the desired @var{width} and @var{alignment} of the output.
1330@var{fldname} specifies
1331the name of the field.
1332@end deftypefun
0ee54786 1333
c72e7388 1334@deftypefun void ui_out_field_core_addr (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fldname}, CORE_ADDR @var{address})
0ee54786
EZ
1335This function outputs an address.
1336@end deftypefun
1337
c72e7388 1338@deftypefun void ui_out_field_string (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fldname}, const char *@var{string})
0ee54786
EZ
1339This function outputs a string using the @code{"%s"} conversion
1340specification.
1341@end deftypefun
1342
1343Sometimes, there's a need to compose your output piece by piece using
1344functions that operate on a stream, such as @code{value_print} or
1345@code{fprintf_symbol_filtered}. These functions accept an argument of
1346the type @code{struct ui_file *}, a pointer to a @code{ui_file} object
1347used to store the data stream used for the output. When you use one
1348of these functions, you need a way to pass their results stored in a
1349@code{ui_file} object to the @code{ui_out} functions. To this end,
1350you first create a @code{ui_stream} object by calling
1351@code{ui_out_stream_new}, pass the @code{stream} member of that
1352@code{ui_stream} object to @code{value_print} and similar functions,
1353and finally call @code{ui_out_field_stream} to output the field you
1354constructed. When the @code{ui_stream} object is no longer needed,
1355you should destroy it and free its memory by calling
1356@code{ui_out_stream_delete}.
1357
1358@deftypefun struct ui_stream *ui_out_stream_new (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
1359This function creates a new @code{ui_stream} object which uses the
1360same output methods as the @code{ui_out} object whose pointer is
1361passed in @var{uiout}. It returns a pointer to the newly created
1362@code{ui_stream} object.
1363@end deftypefun
1364
1365@deftypefun void ui_out_stream_delete (struct ui_stream *@var{streambuf})
1366This functions destroys a @code{ui_stream} object specified by
1367@var{streambuf}.
1368@end deftypefun
1369
c72e7388 1370@deftypefun void ui_out_field_stream (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fieldname}, struct ui_stream *@var{streambuf})
0ee54786
EZ
1371This function consumes all the data accumulated in
1372@code{streambuf->stream} and outputs it like
1373@code{ui_out_field_string} does. After a call to
1374@code{ui_out_field_stream}, the accumulated data no longer exists, but
1375the stream is still valid and may be used for producing more fields.
1376@end deftypefun
1377
1378@strong{Important:} If there is any chance that your code could bail
1379out before completing output generation and reaching the point where
1380@code{ui_out_stream_delete} is called, it is necessary to set up a
1381cleanup, to avoid leaking memory and other resources. Here's a
1382skeleton code to do that:
1383
1384@smallexample
1385 struct ui_stream *mybuf = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
1386 struct cleanup *old = make_cleanup (ui_out_stream_delete, mybuf);
1387 ...
1388 do_cleanups (old);
1389@end smallexample
1390
1391If the function already has the old cleanup chain set (for other kinds
1392of cleanups), you just have to add your cleanup to it:
1393
1394@smallexample
1395 mybuf = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
1396 make_cleanup (ui_out_stream_delete, mybuf);
1397@end smallexample
1398
1399Note that with cleanups in place, you should not call
1400@code{ui_out_stream_delete} directly, or you would attempt to free the
1401same buffer twice.
1402
1403@subsection Utility Output Functions
1404
c72e7388 1405@deftypefun void ui_out_field_skip (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fldname})
0ee54786
EZ
1406This function skips a field in a table. Use it if you have to leave
1407an empty field without disrupting the table alignment. The argument
1408@var{fldname} specifies a name for the (missing) filed.
1409@end deftypefun
1410
c72e7388 1411@deftypefun void ui_out_text (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{string})
0ee54786
EZ
1412This function outputs the text in @var{string} in a way that makes it
1413easy to be read by humans. For example, the console implementation of
1414this method filters the text through a built-in pager, to prevent it
1415from scrolling off the visible portion of the screen.
1416
1417Use this function for printing relatively long chunks of text around
1418the actual field data: the text it produces is not aligned according
1419to the table's format. Use @code{ui_out_field_string} to output a
1420string field, and use @code{ui_out_message}, described below, to
1421output short messages.
1422@end deftypefun
1423
1424@deftypefun void ui_out_spaces (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{nspaces})
1425This function outputs @var{nspaces} spaces. It is handy to align the
1426text produced by @code{ui_out_text} with the rest of the table or
1427list.
1428@end deftypefun
1429
c72e7388 1430@deftypefun void ui_out_message (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{verbosity}, const char *@var{format}, ...)
0ee54786
EZ
1431This function produces a formatted message, provided that the current
1432verbosity level is at least as large as given by @var{verbosity}. The
1433current verbosity level is specified by the user with the @samp{set
1434verbositylevel} command.@footnote{As of this writing (April 2001),
1435setting verbosity level is not yet implemented, and is always returned
1436as zero. So calling @code{ui_out_message} with a @var{verbosity}
1437argument more than zero will cause the message to never be printed.}
1438@end deftypefun
1439
1440@deftypefun void ui_out_wrap_hint (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, char *@var{indent})
1441This function gives the console output filter (a paging filter) a hint
1442of where to break lines which are too long. Ignored for all other
1443output consumers. @var{indent}, if non-@code{NULL}, is the string to
1444be printed to indent the wrapped text on the next line; it must remain
1445accessible until the next call to @code{ui_out_wrap_hint}, or until an
1446explicit newline is produced by one of the other functions. If
1447@var{indent} is @code{NULL}, the wrapped text will not be indented.
1448@end deftypefun
1449
1450@deftypefun void ui_out_flush (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
1451This function flushes whatever output has been accumulated so far, if
1452the UI buffers output.
1453@end deftypefun
1454
1455
1456@subsection Examples of Use of @code{ui_out} functions
1457
1458@cindex using @code{ui_out} functions
1459@cindex @code{ui_out} functions, usage examples
1460This section gives some practical examples of using the @code{ui_out}
1461functions to generalize the old console-oriented code in
1462@value{GDBN}. The examples all come from functions defined on the
1463@file{breakpoints.c} file.
1464
1465This example, from the @code{breakpoint_1} function, shows how to
1466produce a table.
1467
1468The original code was:
1469
474c8240 1470@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1471 if (!found_a_breakpoint++)
1472 @{
1473 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
1474
1475 annotate_field (0);
1476 printf_filtered ("Num ");
1477 annotate_field (1);
1478 printf_filtered ("Type ");
1479 annotate_field (2);
1480 printf_filtered ("Disp ");
1481 annotate_field (3);
1482 printf_filtered ("Enb ");
1483 if (addressprint)
1484 @{
1485 annotate_field (4);
1486 printf_filtered ("Address ");
1487 @}
1488 annotate_field (5);
1489 printf_filtered ("What\n");
1490
1491 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
1492 @}
474c8240 1493@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1494
1495Here's the new version:
1496
474c8240 1497@smallexample
c72e7388
AC
1498 nr_printable_breakpoints = @dots{};
1499
1500 if (addressprint)
1501 ui_out_table_begin (ui, 6, nr_printable_breakpoints, "BreakpointTable");
1502 else
1503 ui_out_table_begin (ui, 5, nr_printable_breakpoints, "BreakpointTable");
1504
1505 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1506 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
1507 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1508 annotate_field (0);
1509 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
1510 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1511 annotate_field (1);
1512 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 14, ui_left, "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
1513 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1514 annotate_field (2);
1515 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 4, ui_left, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
1516 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1517 annotate_field (3);
1518 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
1519 if (addressprint)
1520 @{
1521 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1522 annotate_field (4);
1523 if (TARGET_ADDR_BIT <= 32)
1524 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 10, ui_left, "addr", "Address");/* 5 */
0ee54786 1525 else
c72e7388
AC
1526 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 18, ui_left, "addr", "Address");/* 5 */
1527 @}
1528 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1529 annotate_field (5);
1530 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 40, ui_noalign, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
1531 ui_out_table_body (uiout);
1532 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1533 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
474c8240 1534@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1535
1536This example, from the @code{print_one_breakpoint} function, shows how
1537to produce the actual data for the table whose structure was defined
1538in the above example. The original code was:
1539
474c8240 1540@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1541 annotate_record ();
1542 annotate_field (0);
1543 printf_filtered ("%-3d ", b->number);
1544 annotate_field (1);
1545 if ((int)b->type > (sizeof(bptypes)/sizeof(bptypes[0]))
1546 || ((int) b->type != bptypes[(int) b->type].type))
1547 internal_error ("bptypes table does not describe type #%d.",
1548 (int)b->type);
1549 printf_filtered ("%-14s ", bptypes[(int)b->type].description);
1550 annotate_field (2);
1551 printf_filtered ("%-4s ", bpdisps[(int)b->disposition]);
1552 annotate_field (3);
1553 printf_filtered ("%-3c ", bpenables[(int)b->enable]);
c72e7388 1554 @dots{}
474c8240 1555@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1556
1557This is the new version:
1558
474c8240 1559@smallexample
0ee54786 1560 annotate_record ();
c72e7388 1561 ui_out_tuple_begin (uiout, "bkpt");
0ee54786
EZ
1562 annotate_field (0);
1563 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
1564 annotate_field (1);
1565 if (((int) b->type > (sizeof (bptypes) / sizeof (bptypes[0])))
1566 || ((int) b->type != bptypes[(int) b->type].type))
1567 internal_error ("bptypes table does not describe type #%d.",
1568 (int) b->type);
1569 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "type", bptypes[(int)b->type].description);
1570 annotate_field (2);
1571 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisps[(int)b->disposition]);
1572 annotate_field (3);
1573 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout, "enabled", "%c", bpenables[(int)b->enable]);
c72e7388 1574 @dots{}
474c8240 1575@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1576
1577This example, also from @code{print_one_breakpoint}, shows how to
1578produce a complicated output field using the @code{print_expression}
1579functions which requires a stream to be passed. It also shows how to
1580automate stream destruction with cleanups. The original code was:
1581
474c8240 1582@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1583 annotate_field (5);
1584 print_expression (b->exp, gdb_stdout);
474c8240 1585@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1586
1587The new version is:
1588
474c8240 1589@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1590 struct ui_stream *stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
1591 struct cleanup *old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb);
1592 ...
1593 annotate_field (5);
1594 print_expression (b->exp, stb->stream);
1595 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "what", local_stream);
474c8240 1596@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1597
1598This example, also from @code{print_one_breakpoint}, shows how to use
1599@code{ui_out_text} and @code{ui_out_field_string}. The original code
1600was:
1601
474c8240 1602@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1603 annotate_field (5);
1604 if (b->dll_pathname == NULL)
1605 printf_filtered ("<any library> ");
1606 else
1607 printf_filtered ("library \"%s\" ", b->dll_pathname);
474c8240 1608@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1609
1610It became:
1611
474c8240 1612@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1613 annotate_field (5);
1614 if (b->dll_pathname == NULL)
1615 @{
1616 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "<any library>");
1617 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
1618 @}
1619 else
1620 @{
1621 ui_out_text (uiout, "library \"");
1622 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->dll_pathname);
1623 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
1624 @}
474c8240 1625@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1626
1627The following example from @code{print_one_breakpoint} shows how to
1628use @code{ui_out_field_int} and @code{ui_out_spaces}. The original
1629code was:
1630
474c8240 1631@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1632 annotate_field (5);
1633 if (b->forked_inferior_pid != 0)
1634 printf_filtered ("process %d ", b->forked_inferior_pid);
474c8240 1635@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1636
1637It became:
1638
474c8240 1639@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1640 annotate_field (5);
1641 if (b->forked_inferior_pid != 0)
1642 @{
1643 ui_out_text (uiout, "process ");
1644 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what", b->forked_inferior_pid);
1645 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
1646 @}
474c8240 1647@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1648
1649Here's an example of using @code{ui_out_field_string}. The original
1650code was:
1651
474c8240 1652@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1653 annotate_field (5);
1654 if (b->exec_pathname != NULL)
1655 printf_filtered ("program \"%s\" ", b->exec_pathname);
474c8240 1656@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1657
1658It became:
1659
474c8240 1660@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1661 annotate_field (5);
1662 if (b->exec_pathname != NULL)
1663 @{
1664 ui_out_text (uiout, "program \"");
1665 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->exec_pathname);
1666 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
1667 @}
474c8240 1668@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1669
1670Finally, here's an example of printing an address. The original code:
1671
474c8240 1672@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1673 annotate_field (4);
1674 printf_filtered ("%s ",
15a661f3 1675 hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) b->address, 8));
474c8240 1676@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1677
1678It became:
1679
474c8240 1680@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1681 annotate_field (4);
1682 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "Address", b->address);
474c8240 1683@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1684
1685
c906108c
SS
1686@section Console Printing
1687
1688@section TUI
1689
89437448 1690@node libgdb
c906108c 1691
89437448
AC
1692@chapter libgdb
1693
1694@section libgdb 1.0
1695@cindex @code{libgdb}
1696@code{libgdb} 1.0 was an abortive project of years ago. The theory was
1697to provide an API to @value{GDBN}'s functionality.
1698
1699@section libgdb 2.0
56caf160 1700@cindex @code{libgdb}
89437448
AC
1701@code{libgdb} 2.0 is an ongoing effort to update @value{GDBN} so that is
1702better able to support graphical and other environments.
1703
1704Since @code{libgdb} development is on-going, its architecture is still
1705evolving. The following components have so far been identified:
1706
1707@itemize @bullet
1708@item
1709Observer - @file{gdb-events.h}.
1710@item
1711Builder - @file{ui-out.h}
1712@item
1713Event Loop - @file{event-loop.h}
1714@item
1715Library - @file{gdb.h}
1716@end itemize
1717
1718The model that ties these components together is described below.
1719
1720@section The @code{libgdb} Model
1721
1722A client of @code{libgdb} interacts with the library in two ways.
1723
1724@itemize @bullet
1725@item
1726As an observer (using @file{gdb-events}) receiving notifications from
1727@code{libgdb} of any internal state changes (break point changes, run
1728state, etc).
1729@item
1730As a client querying @code{libgdb} (using the @file{ui-out} builder) to
1731obtain various status values from @value{GDBN}.
1732@end itemize
1733
c1468174 1734Since @code{libgdb} could have multiple clients (e.g., a GUI supporting
89437448
AC
1735the existing @value{GDBN} CLI), those clients must co-operate when
1736controlling @code{libgdb}. In particular, a client must ensure that
1737@code{libgdb} is idle (i.e. no other client is using @code{libgdb})
1738before responding to a @file{gdb-event} by making a query.
1739
1740@section CLI support
1741
1742At present @value{GDBN}'s CLI is very much entangled in with the core of
1743@code{libgdb}. Consequently, a client wishing to include the CLI in
1744their interface needs to carefully co-ordinate its own and the CLI's
1745requirements.
1746
1747It is suggested that the client set @code{libgdb} up to be bi-modal
1748(alternate between CLI and client query modes). The notes below sketch
1749out the theory:
1750
1751@itemize @bullet
1752@item
1753The client registers itself as an observer of @code{libgdb}.
1754@item
1755The client create and install @code{cli-out} builder using its own
1756versions of the @code{ui-file} @code{gdb_stderr}, @code{gdb_stdtarg} and
1757@code{gdb_stdout} streams.
1758@item
1759The client creates a separate custom @code{ui-out} builder that is only
1760used while making direct queries to @code{libgdb}.
1761@end itemize
1762
1763When the client receives input intended for the CLI, it simply passes it
1764along. Since the @code{cli-out} builder is installed by default, all
1765the CLI output in response to that command is routed (pronounced rooted)
1766through to the client controlled @code{gdb_stdout} et.@: al.@: streams.
1767At the same time, the client is kept abreast of internal changes by
1768virtue of being a @code{libgdb} observer.
1769
1770The only restriction on the client is that it must wait until
1771@code{libgdb} becomes idle before initiating any queries (using the
1772client's custom builder).
1773
1774@section @code{libgdb} components
1775
1776@subheading Observer - @file{gdb-events.h}
1777@file{gdb-events} provides the client with a very raw mechanism that can
1778be used to implement an observer. At present it only allows for one
1779observer and that observer must, internally, handle the need to delay
1780the processing of any event notifications until after @code{libgdb} has
1781finished the current command.
1782
1783@subheading Builder - @file{ui-out.h}
1784@file{ui-out} provides the infrastructure necessary for a client to
1785create a builder. That builder is then passed down to @code{libgdb}
1786when doing any queries.
1787
1788@subheading Event Loop - @file{event-loop.h}
1789@c There could be an entire section on the event-loop
1790@file{event-loop}, currently non-re-entrant, provides a simple event
1791loop. A client would need to either plug its self into this loop or,
1792implement a new event-loop that GDB would use.
1793
1794The event-loop will eventually be made re-entrant. This is so that
a9f12a31 1795@value{GDBN} can better handle the problem of some commands blocking
89437448
AC
1796instead of returning.
1797
1798@subheading Library - @file{gdb.h}
1799@file{libgdb} is the most obvious component of this system. It provides
1800the query interface. Each function is parameterized by a @code{ui-out}
1801builder. The result of the query is constructed using that builder
1802before the query function returns.
c906108c
SS
1803
1804@node Symbol Handling
1805
1806@chapter Symbol Handling
1807
25822942 1808Symbols are a key part of @value{GDBN}'s operation. Symbols include variables,
c906108c
SS
1809functions, and types.
1810
1811@section Symbol Reading
1812
56caf160
EZ
1813@cindex symbol reading
1814@cindex reading of symbols
1815@cindex symbol files
1816@value{GDBN} reads symbols from @dfn{symbol files}. The usual symbol
1817file is the file containing the program which @value{GDBN} is
1818debugging. @value{GDBN} can be directed to use a different file for
1819symbols (with the @samp{symbol-file} command), and it can also read
1820more symbols via the @samp{add-file} and @samp{load} commands, or while
1821reading symbols from shared libraries.
1822
1823@findex find_sym_fns
1824Symbol files are initially opened by code in @file{symfile.c} using
1825the BFD library (@pxref{Support Libraries}). BFD identifies the type
1826of the file by examining its header. @code{find_sym_fns} then uses
1827this identification to locate a set of symbol-reading functions.
1828
1829@findex add_symtab_fns
1830@cindex @code{sym_fns} structure
1831@cindex adding a symbol-reading module
1832Symbol-reading modules identify themselves to @value{GDBN} by calling
c906108c
SS
1833@code{add_symtab_fns} during their module initialization. The argument
1834to @code{add_symtab_fns} is a @code{struct sym_fns} which contains the
1835name (or name prefix) of the symbol format, the length of the prefix,
1836and pointers to four functions. These functions are called at various
56caf160 1837times to process symbol files whose identification matches the specified
c906108c
SS
1838prefix.
1839
1840The functions supplied by each module are:
1841
1842@table @code
1843@item @var{xyz}_symfile_init(struct sym_fns *sf)
1844
56caf160 1845@cindex secondary symbol file
c906108c
SS
1846Called from @code{symbol_file_add} when we are about to read a new
1847symbol file. This function should clean up any internal state (possibly
1848resulting from half-read previous files, for example) and prepare to
56caf160
EZ
1849read a new symbol file. Note that the symbol file which we are reading
1850might be a new ``main'' symbol file, or might be a secondary symbol file
c906108c
SS
1851whose symbols are being added to the existing symbol table.
1852
1853The argument to @code{@var{xyz}_symfile_init} is a newly allocated
1854@code{struct sym_fns} whose @code{bfd} field contains the BFD for the
1855new symbol file being read. Its @code{private} field has been zeroed,
1856and can be modified as desired. Typically, a struct of private
1857information will be @code{malloc}'d, and a pointer to it will be placed
1858in the @code{private} field.
1859
1860There is no result from @code{@var{xyz}_symfile_init}, but it can call
1861@code{error} if it detects an unavoidable problem.
1862
1863@item @var{xyz}_new_init()
1864
1865Called from @code{symbol_file_add} when discarding existing symbols.
56caf160
EZ
1866This function needs only handle the symbol-reading module's internal
1867state; the symbol table data structures visible to the rest of
1868@value{GDBN} will be discarded by @code{symbol_file_add}. It has no
1869arguments and no result. It may be called after
1870@code{@var{xyz}_symfile_init}, if a new symbol table is being read, or
1871may be called alone if all symbols are simply being discarded.
c906108c
SS
1872
1873@item @var{xyz}_symfile_read(struct sym_fns *sf, CORE_ADDR addr, int mainline)
1874
1875Called from @code{symbol_file_add} to actually read the symbols from a
1876symbol-file into a set of psymtabs or symtabs.
1877
56caf160 1878@code{sf} points to the @code{struct sym_fns} originally passed to
c906108c
SS
1879@code{@var{xyz}_sym_init} for possible initialization. @code{addr} is
1880the offset between the file's specified start address and its true
1881address in memory. @code{mainline} is 1 if this is the main symbol
c1468174 1882table being read, and 0 if a secondary symbol file (e.g., shared library
c906108c
SS
1883or dynamically loaded file) is being read.@refill
1884@end table
1885
1886In addition, if a symbol-reading module creates psymtabs when
1887@var{xyz}_symfile_read is called, these psymtabs will contain a pointer
1888to a function @code{@var{xyz}_psymtab_to_symtab}, which can be called
25822942 1889from any point in the @value{GDBN} symbol-handling code.
c906108c
SS
1890
1891@table @code
1892@item @var{xyz}_psymtab_to_symtab (struct partial_symtab *pst)
1893
56caf160 1894Called from @code{psymtab_to_symtab} (or the @code{PSYMTAB_TO_SYMTAB} macro) if
c906108c
SS
1895the psymtab has not already been read in and had its @code{pst->symtab}
1896pointer set. The argument is the psymtab to be fleshed-out into a
56caf160
EZ
1897symtab. Upon return, @code{pst->readin} should have been set to 1, and
1898@code{pst->symtab} should contain a pointer to the new corresponding symtab, or
c906108c
SS
1899zero if there were no symbols in that part of the symbol file.
1900@end table
1901
1902@section Partial Symbol Tables
1903
56caf160 1904@value{GDBN} has three types of symbol tables:
c906108c
SS
1905
1906@itemize @bullet
56caf160
EZ
1907@cindex full symbol table
1908@cindex symtabs
1909@item
1910Full symbol tables (@dfn{symtabs}). These contain the main
1911information about symbols and addresses.
c906108c 1912
56caf160
EZ
1913@cindex psymtabs
1914@item
1915Partial symbol tables (@dfn{psymtabs}). These contain enough
c906108c
SS
1916information to know when to read the corresponding part of the full
1917symbol table.
1918
56caf160
EZ
1919@cindex minimal symbol table
1920@cindex minsymtabs
1921@item
1922Minimal symbol tables (@dfn{msymtabs}). These contain information
c906108c 1923gleaned from non-debugging symbols.
c906108c
SS
1924@end itemize
1925
56caf160 1926@cindex partial symbol table
c906108c
SS
1927This section describes partial symbol tables.
1928
1929A psymtab is constructed by doing a very quick pass over an executable
1930file's debugging information. Small amounts of information are
56caf160 1931extracted---enough to identify which parts of the symbol table will
c906108c 1932need to be re-read and fully digested later, when the user needs the
25822942 1933information. The speed of this pass causes @value{GDBN} to start up very
c906108c
SS
1934quickly. Later, as the detailed rereading occurs, it occurs in small
1935pieces, at various times, and the delay therefrom is mostly invisible to
1936the user.
1937@c (@xref{Symbol Reading}.)
1938
1939The symbols that show up in a file's psymtab should be, roughly, those
1940visible to the debugger's user when the program is not running code from
1941that file. These include external symbols and types, static symbols and
56caf160 1942types, and @code{enum} values declared at file scope.
c906108c
SS
1943
1944The psymtab also contains the range of instruction addresses that the
1945full symbol table would represent.
1946
56caf160
EZ
1947@cindex finding a symbol
1948@cindex symbol lookup
c906108c
SS
1949The idea is that there are only two ways for the user (or much of the
1950code in the debugger) to reference a symbol:
1951
1952@itemize @bullet
56caf160
EZ
1953@findex find_pc_function
1954@findex find_pc_line
1955@item
c1468174 1956By its address (e.g., execution stops at some address which is inside a
56caf160
EZ
1957function in this file). The address will be noticed to be in the
1958range of this psymtab, and the full symtab will be read in.
1959@code{find_pc_function}, @code{find_pc_line}, and other
1960@code{find_pc_@dots{}} functions handle this.
c906108c 1961
56caf160
EZ
1962@cindex lookup_symbol
1963@item
1964By its name
c1468174 1965(e.g., the user asks to print a variable, or set a breakpoint on a
c906108c
SS
1966function). Global names and file-scope names will be found in the
1967psymtab, which will cause the symtab to be pulled in. Local names will
1968have to be qualified by a global name, or a file-scope name, in which
1969case we will have already read in the symtab as we evaluated the
56caf160 1970qualifier. Or, a local symbol can be referenced when we are ``in'' a
c906108c
SS
1971local scope, in which case the first case applies. @code{lookup_symbol}
1972does most of the work here.
c906108c
SS
1973@end itemize
1974
1975The only reason that psymtabs exist is to cause a symtab to be read in
1976at the right moment. Any symbol that can be elided from a psymtab,
1977while still causing that to happen, should not appear in it. Since
1978psymtabs don't have the idea of scope, you can't put local symbols in
1979them anyway. Psymtabs don't have the idea of the type of a symbol,
1980either, so types need not appear, unless they will be referenced by
1981name.
1982
56caf160
EZ
1983It is a bug for @value{GDBN} to behave one way when only a psymtab has
1984been read, and another way if the corresponding symtab has been read
1985in. Such bugs are typically caused by a psymtab that does not contain
1986all the visible symbols, or which has the wrong instruction address
1987ranges.
c906108c 1988
56caf160 1989The psymtab for a particular section of a symbol file (objfile) could be
c906108c
SS
1990thrown away after the symtab has been read in. The symtab should always
1991be searched before the psymtab, so the psymtab will never be used (in a
1992bug-free environment). Currently, psymtabs are allocated on an obstack,
1993and all the psymbols themselves are allocated in a pair of large arrays
1994on an obstack, so there is little to be gained by trying to free them
1995unless you want to do a lot more work.
1996
1997@section Types
1998
56caf160 1999@unnumberedsubsec Fundamental Types (e.g., @code{FT_VOID}, @code{FT_BOOLEAN}).
c906108c 2000
56caf160 2001@cindex fundamental types
25822942 2002These are the fundamental types that @value{GDBN} uses internally. Fundamental
c906108c
SS
2003types from the various debugging formats (stabs, ELF, etc) are mapped
2004into one of these. They are basically a union of all fundamental types
56caf160
EZ
2005that @value{GDBN} knows about for all the languages that @value{GDBN}
2006knows about.
c906108c 2007
56caf160 2008@unnumberedsubsec Type Codes (e.g., @code{TYPE_CODE_PTR}, @code{TYPE_CODE_ARRAY}).
c906108c 2009
56caf160
EZ
2010@cindex type codes
2011Each time @value{GDBN} builds an internal type, it marks it with one
2012of these types. The type may be a fundamental type, such as
2013@code{TYPE_CODE_INT}, or a derived type, such as @code{TYPE_CODE_PTR}
2014which is a pointer to another type. Typically, several @code{FT_*}
2015types map to one @code{TYPE_CODE_*} type, and are distinguished by
2016other members of the type struct, such as whether the type is signed
2017or unsigned, and how many bits it uses.
c906108c 2018
56caf160 2019@unnumberedsubsec Builtin Types (e.g., @code{builtin_type_void}, @code{builtin_type_char}).
c906108c
SS
2020
2021These are instances of type structs that roughly correspond to
56caf160
EZ
2022fundamental types and are created as global types for @value{GDBN} to
2023use for various ugly historical reasons. We eventually want to
2024eliminate these. Note for example that @code{builtin_type_int}
2025initialized in @file{gdbtypes.c} is basically the same as a
2026@code{TYPE_CODE_INT} type that is initialized in @file{c-lang.c} for
2027an @code{FT_INTEGER} fundamental type. The difference is that the
2028@code{builtin_type} is not associated with any particular objfile, and
2029only one instance exists, while @file{c-lang.c} builds as many
2030@code{TYPE_CODE_INT} types as needed, with each one associated with
2031some particular objfile.
c906108c
SS
2032
2033@section Object File Formats
56caf160 2034@cindex object file formats
c906108c
SS
2035
2036@subsection a.out
2037
56caf160
EZ
2038@cindex @code{a.out} format
2039The @code{a.out} format is the original file format for Unix. It
2040consists of three sections: @code{text}, @code{data}, and @code{bss},
2041which are for program code, initialized data, and uninitialized data,
2042respectively.
c906108c 2043
56caf160 2044The @code{a.out} format is so simple that it doesn't have any reserved
c906108c 2045place for debugging information. (Hey, the original Unix hackers used
56caf160
EZ
2046@samp{adb}, which is a machine-language debugger!) The only debugging
2047format for @code{a.out} is stabs, which is encoded as a set of normal
c906108c
SS
2048symbols with distinctive attributes.
2049
56caf160 2050The basic @code{a.out} reader is in @file{dbxread.c}.
c906108c
SS
2051
2052@subsection COFF
2053
56caf160 2054@cindex COFF format
c906108c
SS
2055The COFF format was introduced with System V Release 3 (SVR3) Unix.
2056COFF files may have multiple sections, each prefixed by a header. The
2057number of sections is limited.
2058
2059The COFF specification includes support for debugging. Although this
2060was a step forward, the debugging information was woefully limited. For
2061instance, it was not possible to represent code that came from an
2062included file.
2063
2064The COFF reader is in @file{coffread.c}.
2065
2066@subsection ECOFF
2067
56caf160 2068@cindex ECOFF format
c906108c
SS
2069ECOFF is an extended COFF originally introduced for Mips and Alpha
2070workstations.
2071
2072The basic ECOFF reader is in @file{mipsread.c}.
2073
2074@subsection XCOFF
2075
56caf160 2076@cindex XCOFF format
c906108c
SS
2077The IBM RS/6000 running AIX uses an object file format called XCOFF.
2078The COFF sections, symbols, and line numbers are used, but debugging
56caf160
EZ
2079symbols are @code{dbx}-style stabs whose strings are located in the
2080@code{.debug} section (rather than the string table). For more
2081information, see @ref{Top,,,stabs,The Stabs Debugging Format}.
c906108c
SS
2082
2083The shared library scheme has a clean interface for figuring out what
2084shared libraries are in use, but the catch is that everything which
2085refers to addresses (symbol tables and breakpoints at least) needs to be
2086relocated for both shared libraries and the main executable. At least
2087using the standard mechanism this can only be done once the program has
2088been run (or the core file has been read).
2089
2090@subsection PE
2091
56caf160
EZ
2092@cindex PE-COFF format
2093Windows 95 and NT use the PE (@dfn{Portable Executable}) format for their
c906108c
SS
2094executables. PE is basically COFF with additional headers.
2095
25822942 2096While BFD includes special PE support, @value{GDBN} needs only the basic
c906108c
SS
2097COFF reader.
2098
2099@subsection ELF
2100
56caf160 2101@cindex ELF format
c906108c
SS
2102The ELF format came with System V Release 4 (SVR4) Unix. ELF is similar
2103to COFF in being organized into a number of sections, but it removes
2104many of COFF's limitations.
2105
2106The basic ELF reader is in @file{elfread.c}.
2107
2108@subsection SOM
2109
56caf160 2110@cindex SOM format
c906108c
SS
2111SOM is HP's object file and debug format (not to be confused with IBM's
2112SOM, which is a cross-language ABI).
2113
2114The SOM reader is in @file{hpread.c}.
2115
2116@subsection Other File Formats
2117
56caf160 2118@cindex Netware Loadable Module format
25822942 2119Other file formats that have been supported by @value{GDBN} include Netware
4a98ee0e 2120Loadable Modules (@file{nlmread.c}).
c906108c
SS
2121
2122@section Debugging File Formats
2123
2124This section describes characteristics of debugging information that
2125are independent of the object file format.
2126
2127@subsection stabs
2128
56caf160 2129@cindex stabs debugging info
c906108c
SS
2130@code{stabs} started out as special symbols within the @code{a.out}
2131format. Since then, it has been encapsulated into other file
2132formats, such as COFF and ELF.
2133
2134While @file{dbxread.c} does some of the basic stab processing,
2135including for encapsulated versions, @file{stabsread.c} does
2136the real work.
2137
2138@subsection COFF
2139
56caf160 2140@cindex COFF debugging info
c906108c
SS
2141The basic COFF definition includes debugging information. The level
2142of support is minimal and non-extensible, and is not often used.
2143
2144@subsection Mips debug (Third Eye)
2145
56caf160 2146@cindex ECOFF debugging info
c906108c
SS
2147ECOFF includes a definition of a special debug format.
2148
2149The file @file{mdebugread.c} implements reading for this format.
2150
2151@subsection DWARF 1
2152
56caf160 2153@cindex DWARF 1 debugging info
c906108c
SS
2154DWARF 1 is a debugging format that was originally designed to be
2155used with ELF in SVR4 systems.
2156
c906108c
SS
2157@c GCC_PRODUCER
2158@c GPLUS_PRODUCER
2159@c LCC_PRODUCER
2160@c If defined, these are the producer strings in a DWARF 1 file. All of
2161@c these have reasonable defaults already.
2162
2163The DWARF 1 reader is in @file{dwarfread.c}.
2164
2165@subsection DWARF 2
2166
56caf160 2167@cindex DWARF 2 debugging info
c906108c
SS
2168DWARF 2 is an improved but incompatible version of DWARF 1.
2169
2170The DWARF 2 reader is in @file{dwarf2read.c}.
2171
2172@subsection SOM
2173
56caf160 2174@cindex SOM debugging info
c906108c
SS
2175Like COFF, the SOM definition includes debugging information.
2176
25822942 2177@section Adding a New Symbol Reader to @value{GDBN}
c906108c 2178
56caf160
EZ
2179@cindex adding debugging info reader
2180If you are using an existing object file format (@code{a.out}, COFF, ELF, etc),
c906108c
SS
2181there is probably little to be done.
2182
2183If you need to add a new object file format, you must first add it to
2184BFD. This is beyond the scope of this document.
2185
2186You must then arrange for the BFD code to provide access to the
25822942 2187debugging symbols. Generally @value{GDBN} will have to call swapping routines
c906108c 2188from BFD and a few other BFD internal routines to locate the debugging
25822942 2189information. As much as possible, @value{GDBN} should not depend on the BFD
c906108c
SS
2190internal data structures.
2191
2192For some targets (e.g., COFF), there is a special transfer vector used
2193to call swapping routines, since the external data structures on various
2194platforms have different sizes and layouts. Specialized routines that
2195will only ever be implemented by one object file format may be called
2196directly. This interface should be described in a file
56caf160 2197@file{bfd/lib@var{xyz}.h}, which is included by @value{GDBN}.
c906108c 2198
c91d38aa
DJ
2199@section Memory Management for Symbol Files
2200
2201Most memory associated with a loaded symbol file is stored on
2202its @code{objfile_obstack}. This includes symbols, types,
2203namespace data, and other information produced by the symbol readers.
2204
2205Because this data lives on the objfile's obstack, it is automatically
2206released when the objfile is unloaded or reloaded. Therefore one
2207objfile must not reference symbol or type data from another objfile;
2208they could be unloaded at different times.
2209
2210User convenience variables, et cetera, have associated types. Normally
2211these types live in the associated objfile. However, when the objfile
2212is unloaded, those types are deep copied to global memory, so that
2213the values of the user variables and history items are not lost.
2214
c906108c
SS
2215
2216@node Language Support
2217
2218@chapter Language Support
2219
56caf160
EZ
2220@cindex language support
2221@value{GDBN}'s language support is mainly driven by the symbol reader,
2222although it is possible for the user to set the source language
2223manually.
c906108c 2224
56caf160
EZ
2225@value{GDBN} chooses the source language by looking at the extension
2226of the file recorded in the debug info; @file{.c} means C, @file{.f}
2227means Fortran, etc. It may also use a special-purpose language
2228identifier if the debug format supports it, like with DWARF.
c906108c 2229
25822942 2230@section Adding a Source Language to @value{GDBN}
c906108c 2231
56caf160
EZ
2232@cindex adding source language
2233To add other languages to @value{GDBN}'s expression parser, follow the
2234following steps:
c906108c
SS
2235
2236@table @emph
2237@item Create the expression parser.
2238
56caf160 2239@cindex expression parser
c906108c 2240This should reside in a file @file{@var{lang}-exp.y}. Routines for
56caf160 2241building parsed expressions into a @code{union exp_element} list are in
c906108c
SS
2242@file{parse.c}.
2243
56caf160 2244@cindex language parser
c906108c
SS
2245Since we can't depend upon everyone having Bison, and YACC produces
2246parsers that define a bunch of global names, the following lines
56caf160 2247@strong{must} be included at the top of the YACC parser, to prevent the
c906108c
SS
2248various parsers from defining the same global names:
2249
474c8240 2250@smallexample
56caf160
EZ
2251#define yyparse @var{lang}_parse
2252#define yylex @var{lang}_lex
2253#define yyerror @var{lang}_error
2254#define yylval @var{lang}_lval
2255#define yychar @var{lang}_char
2256#define yydebug @var{lang}_debug
2257#define yypact @var{lang}_pact
2258#define yyr1 @var{lang}_r1
2259#define yyr2 @var{lang}_r2
2260#define yydef @var{lang}_def
2261#define yychk @var{lang}_chk
2262#define yypgo @var{lang}_pgo
2263#define yyact @var{lang}_act
2264#define yyexca @var{lang}_exca
2265#define yyerrflag @var{lang}_errflag
2266#define yynerrs @var{lang}_nerrs
474c8240 2267@end smallexample
c906108c
SS
2268
2269At the bottom of your parser, define a @code{struct language_defn} and
2270initialize it with the right values for your language. Define an
2271@code{initialize_@var{lang}} routine and have it call
25822942 2272@samp{add_language(@var{lang}_language_defn)} to tell the rest of @value{GDBN}
c906108c
SS
2273that your language exists. You'll need some other supporting variables
2274and functions, which will be used via pointers from your
2275@code{@var{lang}_language_defn}. See the declaration of @code{struct
2276language_defn} in @file{language.h}, and the other @file{*-exp.y} files,
2277for more information.
2278
2279@item Add any evaluation routines, if necessary
2280
56caf160
EZ
2281@cindex expression evaluation routines
2282@findex evaluate_subexp
2283@findex prefixify_subexp
2284@findex length_of_subexp
c906108c
SS
2285If you need new opcodes (that represent the operations of the language),
2286add them to the enumerated type in @file{expression.h}. Add support
56caf160
EZ
2287code for these operations in the @code{evaluate_subexp} function
2288defined in the file @file{eval.c}. Add cases
c906108c 2289for new opcodes in two functions from @file{parse.c}:
56caf160 2290@code{prefixify_subexp} and @code{length_of_subexp}. These compute
c906108c
SS
2291the number of @code{exp_element}s that a given operation takes up.
2292
2293@item Update some existing code
2294
2295Add an enumerated identifier for your language to the enumerated type
2296@code{enum language} in @file{defs.h}.
2297
2298Update the routines in @file{language.c} so your language is included.
2299These routines include type predicates and such, which (in some cases)
2300are language dependent. If your language does not appear in the switch
2301statement, an error is reported.
2302
56caf160 2303@vindex current_language
c906108c
SS
2304Also included in @file{language.c} is the code that updates the variable
2305@code{current_language}, and the routines that translate the
2306@code{language_@var{lang}} enumerated identifier into a printable
2307string.
2308
56caf160 2309@findex _initialize_language
c906108c
SS
2310Update the function @code{_initialize_language} to include your
2311language. This function picks the default language upon startup, so is
25822942 2312dependent upon which languages that @value{GDBN} is built for.
c906108c 2313
56caf160 2314@findex allocate_symtab
c906108c
SS
2315Update @code{allocate_symtab} in @file{symfile.c} and/or symbol-reading
2316code so that the language of each symtab (source file) is set properly.
2317This is used to determine the language to use at each stack frame level.
2318Currently, the language is set based upon the extension of the source
2319file. If the language can be better inferred from the symbol
2320information, please set the language of the symtab in the symbol-reading
2321code.
2322
56caf160
EZ
2323@findex print_subexp
2324@findex op_print_tab
2325Add helper code to @code{print_subexp} (in @file{expprint.c}) to handle any new
c906108c
SS
2326expression opcodes you have added to @file{expression.h}. Also, add the
2327printed representations of your operators to @code{op_print_tab}.
2328
2329@item Add a place of call
2330
56caf160 2331@findex parse_exp_1
c906108c 2332Add a call to @code{@var{lang}_parse()} and @code{@var{lang}_error} in
56caf160 2333@code{parse_exp_1} (defined in @file{parse.c}).
c906108c
SS
2334
2335@item Use macros to trim code
2336
56caf160 2337@cindex trimming language-dependent code
25822942
DB
2338The user has the option of building @value{GDBN} for some or all of the
2339languages. If the user decides to build @value{GDBN} for the language
c906108c
SS
2340@var{lang}, then every file dependent on @file{language.h} will have the
2341macro @code{_LANG_@var{lang}} defined in it. Use @code{#ifdef}s to
2342leave out large routines that the user won't need if he or she is not
2343using your language.
2344
25822942 2345Note that you do not need to do this in your YACC parser, since if @value{GDBN}
c906108c 2346is not build for @var{lang}, then @file{@var{lang}-exp.tab.o} (the
25822942 2347compiled form of your parser) is not linked into @value{GDBN} at all.
c906108c 2348
56caf160
EZ
2349See the file @file{configure.in} for how @value{GDBN} is configured
2350for different languages.
c906108c
SS
2351
2352@item Edit @file{Makefile.in}
2353
2354Add dependencies in @file{Makefile.in}. Make sure you update the macro
2355variables such as @code{HFILES} and @code{OBJS}, otherwise your code may
2356not get linked in, or, worse yet, it may not get @code{tar}red into the
2357distribution!
c906108c
SS
2358@end table
2359
2360
2361@node Host Definition
2362
2363@chapter Host Definition
2364
56caf160 2365With the advent of Autoconf, it's rarely necessary to have host
7fd60527
AC
2366definition machinery anymore. The following information is provided,
2367mainly, as an historical reference.
c906108c
SS
2368
2369@section Adding a New Host
2370
56caf160
EZ
2371@cindex adding a new host
2372@cindex host, adding
7fd60527
AC
2373@value{GDBN}'s host configuration support normally happens via Autoconf.
2374New host-specific definitions should not be needed. Older hosts
2375@value{GDBN} still use the host-specific definitions and files listed
2376below, but these mostly exist for historical reasons, and will
56caf160 2377eventually disappear.
c906108c 2378
c906108c 2379@table @file
c906108c 2380@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/@var{xyz}.mh
7fd60527
AC
2381This file once contained both host and native configuration information
2382(@pxref{Native Debugging}) for the machine @var{xyz}. The host
2383configuration information is now handed by Autoconf.
2384
2385Host configuration information included a definition of
2386@code{XM_FILE=xm-@var{xyz}.h} and possibly definitions for @code{CC},
7708fa01
AC
2387@code{SYSV_DEFINE}, @code{XM_CFLAGS}, @code{XM_ADD_FILES},
2388@code{XM_CLIBS}, @code{XM_CDEPS}, etc.; see @file{Makefile.in}.
c906108c 2389
7fd60527
AC
2390New host only configurations do not need this file.
2391
c906108c 2392@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/xm-@var{xyz}.h
7fd60527
AC
2393This file once contained definitions and includes required when hosting
2394gdb on machine @var{xyz}. Those definitions and includes are now
2395handled by Autoconf.
2396
2397New host and native configurations do not need this file.
2398
2399@emph{Maintainer's note: Some hosts continue to use the @file{xm-xyz.h}
2400file to define the macros @var{HOST_FLOAT_FORMAT},
2401@var{HOST_DOUBLE_FORMAT} and @var{HOST_LONG_DOUBLE_FORMAT}. That code
2402also needs to be replaced with either an Autoconf or run-time test.}
c906108c 2403
c906108c
SS
2404@end table
2405
2406@subheading Generic Host Support Files
2407
56caf160 2408@cindex generic host support
c906108c
SS
2409There are some ``generic'' versions of routines that can be used by
2410various systems. These can be customized in various ways by macros
2411defined in your @file{xm-@var{xyz}.h} file. If these routines work for
2412the @var{xyz} host, you can just include the generic file's name (with
2413@samp{.o}, not @samp{.c}) in @code{XDEPFILES}.
2414
2415Otherwise, if your machine needs custom support routines, you will need
2416to write routines that perform the same functions as the generic file.
2417Put them into @code{@var{xyz}-xdep.c}, and put @code{@var{xyz}-xdep.o}
2418into @code{XDEPFILES}.
2419
2420@table @file
56caf160
EZ
2421@cindex remote debugging support
2422@cindex serial line support
c906108c
SS
2423@item ser-unix.c
2424This contains serial line support for Unix systems. This is always
2425included, via the makefile variable @code{SER_HARDWIRE}; override this
2426variable in the @file{.mh} file to avoid it.
2427
2428@item ser-go32.c
2429This contains serial line support for 32-bit programs running under DOS,
56caf160 2430using the DJGPP (a.k.a.@: GO32) execution environment.
c906108c 2431
56caf160 2432@cindex TCP remote support
c906108c
SS
2433@item ser-tcp.c
2434This contains generic TCP support using sockets.
c906108c
SS
2435@end table
2436
2437@section Host Conditionals
2438
56caf160
EZ
2439When @value{GDBN} is configured and compiled, various macros are
2440defined or left undefined, to control compilation based on the
2441attributes of the host system. These macros and their meanings (or if
2442the meaning is not documented here, then one of the source files where
2443they are used is indicated) are:
c906108c 2444
56caf160 2445@ftable @code
25822942 2446@item @value{GDBN}INIT_FILENAME
56caf160
EZ
2447The default name of @value{GDBN}'s initialization file (normally
2448@file{.gdbinit}).
c906108c 2449
cce74817
JM
2450@item NO_STD_REGS
2451This macro is deprecated.
2452
c906108c
SS
2453@item SIGWINCH_HANDLER
2454If your host defines @code{SIGWINCH}, you can define this to be the name
2455of a function to be called if @code{SIGWINCH} is received.
2456
2457@item SIGWINCH_HANDLER_BODY
2458Define this to expand into code that will define the function named by
2459the expansion of @code{SIGWINCH_HANDLER}.
2460
2461@item ALIGN_STACK_ON_STARTUP
56caf160 2462@cindex stack alignment
c906108c
SS
2463Define this if your system is of a sort that will crash in
2464@code{tgetent} if the stack happens not to be longword-aligned when
2465@code{main} is called. This is a rare situation, but is known to occur
2466on several different types of systems.
2467
2468@item CRLF_SOURCE_FILES
56caf160 2469@cindex DOS text files
c906108c
SS
2470Define this if host files use @code{\r\n} rather than @code{\n} as a
2471line terminator. This will cause source file listings to omit @code{\r}
56caf160
EZ
2472characters when printing and it will allow @code{\r\n} line endings of files
2473which are ``sourced'' by gdb. It must be possible to open files in binary
c906108c
SS
2474mode using @code{O_BINARY} or, for fopen, @code{"rb"}.
2475
2476@item DEFAULT_PROMPT
56caf160 2477@cindex prompt
c906108c
SS
2478The default value of the prompt string (normally @code{"(gdb) "}).
2479
2480@item DEV_TTY
56caf160 2481@cindex terminal device
c906108c
SS
2482The name of the generic TTY device, defaults to @code{"/dev/tty"}.
2483
c906108c
SS
2484@item FOPEN_RB
2485Define this if binary files are opened the same way as text files.
2486
c906108c 2487@item HAVE_MMAP
56caf160 2488@findex mmap
c906108c
SS
2489In some cases, use the system call @code{mmap} for reading symbol
2490tables. For some machines this allows for sharing and quick updates.
2491
c906108c
SS
2492@item HAVE_TERMIO
2493Define this if the host system has @code{termio.h}.
2494
c906108c 2495@item INT_MAX
9742079a
EZ
2496@itemx INT_MIN
2497@itemx LONG_MAX
2498@itemx UINT_MAX
2499@itemx ULONG_MAX
c906108c
SS
2500Values for host-side constants.
2501
2502@item ISATTY
2503Substitute for isatty, if not available.
2504
2505@item LONGEST
2506This is the longest integer type available on the host. If not defined,
2507it will default to @code{long long} or @code{long}, depending on
2508@code{CC_HAS_LONG_LONG}.
2509
2510@item CC_HAS_LONG_LONG
56caf160
EZ
2511@cindex @code{long long} data type
2512Define this if the host C compiler supports @code{long long}. This is set
2513by the @code{configure} script.
c906108c
SS
2514
2515@item PRINTF_HAS_LONG_LONG
2516Define this if the host can handle printing of long long integers via
56caf160
EZ
2517the printf format conversion specifier @code{ll}. This is set by the
2518@code{configure} script.
c906108c
SS
2519
2520@item HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE
56caf160
EZ
2521Define this if the host C compiler supports @code{long double}. This is
2522set by the @code{configure} script.
c906108c
SS
2523
2524@item PRINTF_HAS_LONG_DOUBLE
2525Define this if the host can handle printing of long double float-point
56caf160
EZ
2526numbers via the printf format conversion specifier @code{Lg}. This is
2527set by the @code{configure} script.
c906108c
SS
2528
2529@item SCANF_HAS_LONG_DOUBLE
2530Define this if the host can handle the parsing of long double
56caf160
EZ
2531float-point numbers via the scanf format conversion specifier
2532@code{Lg}. This is set by the @code{configure} script.
c906108c
SS
2533
2534@item LSEEK_NOT_LINEAR
2535Define this if @code{lseek (n)} does not necessarily move to byte number
2536@code{n} in the file. This is only used when reading source files. It
2537is normally faster to define @code{CRLF_SOURCE_FILES} when possible.
2538
2539@item L_SET
56caf160
EZ
2540This macro is used as the argument to @code{lseek} (or, most commonly,
2541@code{bfd_seek}). FIXME, should be replaced by SEEK_SET instead,
2542which is the POSIX equivalent.
c906108c 2543
c906108c
SS
2544@item NORETURN
2545If defined, this should be one or more tokens, such as @code{volatile},
2546that can be used in both the declaration and definition of functions to
2547indicate that they never return. The default is already set correctly
2548if compiling with GCC. This will almost never need to be defined.
2549
2550@item ATTR_NORETURN
2551If defined, this should be one or more tokens, such as
2552@code{__attribute__ ((noreturn))}, that can be used in the declarations
2553of functions to indicate that they never return. The default is already
2554set correctly if compiling with GCC. This will almost never need to be
2555defined.
2556
c906108c 2557@item SEEK_CUR
9742079a 2558@itemx SEEK_SET
56caf160 2559Define these to appropriate value for the system @code{lseek}, if not already
c906108c
SS
2560defined.
2561
2562@item STOP_SIGNAL
56caf160
EZ
2563This is the signal for stopping @value{GDBN}. Defaults to
2564@code{SIGTSTP}. (Only redefined for the Convex.)
c906108c 2565
c906108c
SS
2566@item USG
2567Means that System V (prior to SVR4) include files are in use. (FIXME:
7ca9f392
AC
2568This symbol is abused in @file{infrun.c}, @file{regex.c}, and
2569@file{utils.c} for other things, at the moment.)
c906108c
SS
2570
2571@item lint
56caf160 2572Define this to help placate @code{lint} in some situations.
c906108c
SS
2573
2574@item volatile
2575Define this to override the defaults of @code{__volatile__} or
2576@code{/**/}.
56caf160 2577@end ftable
c906108c
SS
2578
2579
2580@node Target Architecture Definition
2581
2582@chapter Target Architecture Definition
2583
56caf160
EZ
2584@cindex target architecture definition
2585@value{GDBN}'s target architecture defines what sort of
2586machine-language programs @value{GDBN} can work with, and how it works
2587with them.
c906108c 2588
af6c57ea
AC
2589The target architecture object is implemented as the C structure
2590@code{struct gdbarch *}. The structure, and its methods, are generated
93c2c750 2591using the Bourne shell script @file{gdbarch.sh}.
c906108c 2592
70f80edf
JT
2593@section Operating System ABI Variant Handling
2594@cindex OS ABI variants
2595
2596@value{GDBN} provides a mechanism for handling variations in OS
2597ABIs. An OS ABI variant may have influence over any number of
2598variables in the target architecture definition. There are two major
2599components in the OS ABI mechanism: sniffers and handlers.
2600
2601A @dfn{sniffer} examines a file matching a BFD architecture/flavour pair
2602(the architecture may be wildcarded) in an attempt to determine the
2603OS ABI of that file. Sniffers with a wildcarded architecture are considered
2604to be @dfn{generic}, while sniffers for a specific architecture are
2605considered to be @dfn{specific}. A match from a specific sniffer
2606overrides a match from a generic sniffer. Multiple sniffers for an
2607architecture/flavour may exist, in order to differentiate between two
2608different operating systems which use the same basic file format. The
2609OS ABI framework provides a generic sniffer for ELF-format files which
2610examines the @code{EI_OSABI} field of the ELF header, as well as note
2611sections known to be used by several operating systems.
2612
2613@cindex fine-tuning @code{gdbarch} structure
2614A @dfn{handler} is used to fine-tune the @code{gdbarch} structure for the
2615selected OS ABI. There may be only one handler for a given OS ABI
2616for each BFD architecture.
2617
2618The following OS ABI variants are defined in @file{osabi.h}:
2619
2620@table @code
2621
2622@findex GDB_OSABI_UNKNOWN
2623@item GDB_OSABI_UNKNOWN
2624The ABI of the inferior is unknown. The default @code{gdbarch}
2625settings for the architecture will be used.
2626
2627@findex GDB_OSABI_SVR4
2628@item GDB_OSABI_SVR4
2629UNIX System V Release 4
2630
2631@findex GDB_OSABI_HURD
2632@item GDB_OSABI_HURD
2633GNU using the Hurd kernel
2634
2635@findex GDB_OSABI_SOLARIS
2636@item GDB_OSABI_SOLARIS
2637Sun Solaris
2638
2639@findex GDB_OSABI_OSF1
2640@item GDB_OSABI_OSF1
2641OSF/1, including Digital UNIX and Compaq Tru64 UNIX
2642
2643@findex GDB_OSABI_LINUX
2644@item GDB_OSABI_LINUX
2645GNU using the Linux kernel
2646
2647@findex GDB_OSABI_FREEBSD_AOUT
2648@item GDB_OSABI_FREEBSD_AOUT
2649FreeBSD using the a.out executable format
2650
2651@findex GDB_OSABI_FREEBSD_ELF
2652@item GDB_OSABI_FREEBSD_ELF
2653FreeBSD using the ELF executable format
2654
2655@findex GDB_OSABI_NETBSD_AOUT
2656@item GDB_OSABI_NETBSD_AOUT
2657NetBSD using the a.out executable format
2658
2659@findex GDB_OSABI_NETBSD_ELF
2660@item GDB_OSABI_NETBSD_ELF
2661NetBSD using the ELF executable format
2662
2663@findex GDB_OSABI_WINCE
2664@item GDB_OSABI_WINCE
2665Windows CE
2666
1029b7fa
MK
2667@findex GDB_OSABI_GO32
2668@item GDB_OSABI_GO32
2669DJGPP
2670
2671@findex GDB_OSABI_NETWARE
2672@item GDB_OSABI_NETWARE
2673Novell NetWare
2674
70f80edf
JT
2675@findex GDB_OSABI_ARM_EABI_V1
2676@item GDB_OSABI_ARM_EABI_V1
2677ARM Embedded ABI version 1
2678
2679@findex GDB_OSABI_ARM_EABI_V2
2680@item GDB_OSABI_ARM_EABI_V2
2681ARM Embedded ABI version 2
2682
2683@findex GDB_OSABI_ARM_APCS
2684@item GDB_OSABI_ARM_APCS
2685Generic ARM Procedure Call Standard
2686
2687@end table
2688
2689Here are the functions that make up the OS ABI framework:
2690
2691@deftypefun const char *gdbarch_osabi_name (enum gdb_osabi @var{osabi})
2692Return the name of the OS ABI corresponding to @var{osabi}.
2693@end deftypefun
2694
c133ab7a 2695@deftypefun void gdbarch_register_osabi (enum bfd_architecture @var{arch}, unsigned long @var{machine}, enum gdb_osabi @var{osabi}, void (*@var{init_osabi})(struct gdbarch_info @var{info}, struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}))
70f80edf 2696Register the OS ABI handler specified by @var{init_osabi} for the
c133ab7a
MK
2697architecture, machine type and OS ABI specified by @var{arch},
2698@var{machine} and @var{osabi}. In most cases, a value of zero for the
2699machine type, which implies the architecture's default machine type,
2700will suffice.
70f80edf
JT
2701@end deftypefun
2702
2703@deftypefun void gdbarch_register_osabi_sniffer (enum bfd_architecture @var{arch}, enum bfd_flavour @var{flavour}, enum gdb_osabi (*@var{sniffer})(bfd *@var{abfd}))
2704Register the OS ABI file sniffer specified by @var{sniffer} for the
2705BFD architecture/flavour pair specified by @var{arch} and @var{flavour}.
2706If @var{arch} is @code{bfd_arch_unknown}, the sniffer is considered to
2707be generic, and is allowed to examine @var{flavour}-flavoured files for
2708any architecture.
2709@end deftypefun
2710
2711@deftypefun enum gdb_osabi gdbarch_lookup_osabi (bfd *@var{abfd})
2712Examine the file described by @var{abfd} to determine its OS ABI.
2713The value @code{GDB_OSABI_UNKNOWN} is returned if the OS ABI cannot
2714be determined.
2715@end deftypefun
2716
2717@deftypefun void gdbarch_init_osabi (struct gdbarch info @var{info}, struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, enum gdb_osabi @var{osabi})
2718Invoke the OS ABI handler corresponding to @var{osabi} to fine-tune the
2719@code{gdbarch} structure specified by @var{gdbarch}. If a handler
2720corresponding to @var{osabi} has not been registered for @var{gdbarch}'s
2721architecture, a warning will be issued and the debugging session will continue
2722with the defaults already established for @var{gdbarch}.
2723@end deftypefun
2724
7a107747
DJ
2725@section Initializing a New Architecture
2726
2727Each @code{gdbarch} is associated with a single @sc{bfd} architecture,
2728via a @code{bfd_arch_@var{arch}} constant. The @code{gdbarch} is
2729registered by a call to @code{register_gdbarch_init}, usually from
2730the file's @code{_initialize_@var{filename}} routine, which will
2731be automatically called during @value{GDBN} startup. The arguments
2732are a @sc{bfd} architecture constant and an initialization function.
2733
2734The initialization function has this type:
2735
2736@smallexample
2737static struct gdbarch *
2738@var{arch}_gdbarch_init (struct gdbarch_info @var{info},
2739 struct gdbarch_list *@var{arches})
2740@end smallexample
2741
2742The @var{info} argument contains parameters used to select the correct
2743architecture, and @var{arches} is a list of architectures which
2744have already been created with the same @code{bfd_arch_@var{arch}}
2745value.
2746
2747The initialization function should first make sure that @var{info}
2748is acceptable, and return @code{NULL} if it is not. Then, it should
2749search through @var{arches} for an exact match to @var{info}, and
2750return one if found. Lastly, if no exact match was found, it should
2751create a new architecture based on @var{info} and return it.
2752
2753Only information in @var{info} should be used to choose the new
2754architecture. Historically, @var{info} could be sparse, and
2755defaults would be collected from the first element on @var{arches}.
2756However, @value{GDBN} now fills in @var{info} more thoroughly,
2757so new @code{gdbarch} initialization functions should not take
2758defaults from @var{arches}.
2759
c906108c
SS
2760@section Registers and Memory
2761
56caf160
EZ
2762@value{GDBN}'s model of the target machine is rather simple.
2763@value{GDBN} assumes the machine includes a bank of registers and a
2764block of memory. Each register may have a different size.
c906108c 2765
56caf160
EZ
2766@value{GDBN} does not have a magical way to match up with the
2767compiler's idea of which registers are which; however, it is critical
2768that they do match up accurately. The only way to make this work is
2769to get accurate information about the order that the compiler uses,
2770and to reflect that in the @code{REGISTER_NAME} and related macros.
c906108c 2771
25822942 2772@value{GDBN} can handle big-endian, little-endian, and bi-endian architectures.
c906108c 2773
93e79dbd
JB
2774@section Pointers Are Not Always Addresses
2775@cindex pointer representation
2776@cindex address representation
2777@cindex word-addressed machines
2778@cindex separate data and code address spaces
2779@cindex spaces, separate data and code address
2780@cindex address spaces, separate data and code
2781@cindex code pointers, word-addressed
2782@cindex converting between pointers and addresses
2783@cindex D10V addresses
2784
2785On almost all 32-bit architectures, the representation of a pointer is
2786indistinguishable from the representation of some fixed-length number
2787whose value is the byte address of the object pointed to. On such
56caf160 2788machines, the words ``pointer'' and ``address'' can be used interchangeably.
93e79dbd
JB
2789However, architectures with smaller word sizes are often cramped for
2790address space, so they may choose a pointer representation that breaks this
2791identity, and allows a larger code address space.
2792
172c2a43 2793For example, the Renesas D10V is a 16-bit VLIW processor whose
93e79dbd
JB
2794instructions are 32 bits long@footnote{Some D10V instructions are
2795actually pairs of 16-bit sub-instructions. However, since you can't
2796jump into the middle of such a pair, code addresses can only refer to
2797full 32 bit instructions, which is what matters in this explanation.}.
2798If the D10V used ordinary byte addresses to refer to code locations,
2799then the processor would only be able to address 64kb of instructions.
2800However, since instructions must be aligned on four-byte boundaries, the
56caf160
EZ
2801low two bits of any valid instruction's byte address are always
2802zero---byte addresses waste two bits. So instead of byte addresses,
2803the D10V uses word addresses---byte addresses shifted right two bits---to
93e79dbd
JB
2804refer to code. Thus, the D10V can use 16-bit words to address 256kb of
2805code space.
2806
2807However, this means that code pointers and data pointers have different
2808forms on the D10V. The 16-bit word @code{0xC020} refers to byte address
2809@code{0xC020} when used as a data address, but refers to byte address
2810@code{0x30080} when used as a code address.
2811
2812(The D10V also uses separate code and data address spaces, which also
2813affects the correspondence between pointers and addresses, but we're
2814going to ignore that here; this example is already too long.)
2815
56caf160
EZ
2816To cope with architectures like this---the D10V is not the only
2817one!---@value{GDBN} tries to distinguish between @dfn{addresses}, which are
93e79dbd
JB
2818byte numbers, and @dfn{pointers}, which are the target's representation
2819of an address of a particular type of data. In the example above,
2820@code{0xC020} is the pointer, which refers to one of the addresses
2821@code{0xC020} or @code{0x30080}, depending on the type imposed upon it.
2822@value{GDBN} provides functions for turning a pointer into an address
2823and vice versa, in the appropriate way for the current architecture.
2824
2825Unfortunately, since addresses and pointers are identical on almost all
2826processors, this distinction tends to bit-rot pretty quickly. Thus,
2827each time you port @value{GDBN} to an architecture which does
2828distinguish between pointers and addresses, you'll probably need to
2829clean up some architecture-independent code.
2830
2831Here are functions which convert between pointers and addresses:
2832
2833@deftypefun CORE_ADDR extract_typed_address (void *@var{buf}, struct type *@var{type})
2834Treat the bytes at @var{buf} as a pointer or reference of type
2835@var{type}, and return the address it represents, in a manner
2836appropriate for the current architecture. This yields an address
2837@value{GDBN} can use to read target memory, disassemble, etc. Note that
2838@var{buf} refers to a buffer in @value{GDBN}'s memory, not the
2839inferior's.
2840
2841For example, if the current architecture is the Intel x86, this function
2842extracts a little-endian integer of the appropriate length from
2843@var{buf} and returns it. However, if the current architecture is the
2844D10V, this function will return a 16-bit integer extracted from
2845@var{buf}, multiplied by four if @var{type} is a pointer to a function.
2846
2847If @var{type} is not a pointer or reference type, then this function
2848will signal an internal error.
2849@end deftypefun
2850
2851@deftypefun CORE_ADDR store_typed_address (void *@var{buf}, struct type *@var{type}, CORE_ADDR @var{addr})
2852Store the address @var{addr} in @var{buf}, in the proper format for a
2853pointer of type @var{type} in the current architecture. Note that
2854@var{buf} refers to a buffer in @value{GDBN}'s memory, not the
2855inferior's.
2856
2857For example, if the current architecture is the Intel x86, this function
2858stores @var{addr} unmodified as a little-endian integer of the
2859appropriate length in @var{buf}. However, if the current architecture
2860is the D10V, this function divides @var{addr} by four if @var{type} is
2861a pointer to a function, and then stores it in @var{buf}.
2862
2863If @var{type} is not a pointer or reference type, then this function
2864will signal an internal error.
2865@end deftypefun
2866
f23631e4 2867@deftypefun CORE_ADDR value_as_address (struct value *@var{val})
93e79dbd
JB
2868Assuming that @var{val} is a pointer, return the address it represents,
2869as appropriate for the current architecture.
2870
2871This function actually works on integral values, as well as pointers.
2872For pointers, it performs architecture-specific conversions as
2873described above for @code{extract_typed_address}.
2874@end deftypefun
2875
2876@deftypefun CORE_ADDR value_from_pointer (struct type *@var{type}, CORE_ADDR @var{addr})
2877Create and return a value representing a pointer of type @var{type} to
2878the address @var{addr}, as appropriate for the current architecture.
2879This function performs architecture-specific conversions as described
2880above for @code{store_typed_address}.
2881@end deftypefun
2882
93e79dbd
JB
2883Here are some macros which architectures can define to indicate the
2884relationship between pointers and addresses. These have default
2885definitions, appropriate for architectures on which all pointers are
fc0c74b1 2886simple unsigned byte addresses.
93e79dbd
JB
2887
2888@deftypefn {Target Macro} CORE_ADDR POINTER_TO_ADDRESS (struct type *@var{type}, char *@var{buf})
2889Assume that @var{buf} holds a pointer of type @var{type}, in the
2890appropriate format for the current architecture. Return the byte
2891address the pointer refers to.
2892
2893This function may safely assume that @var{type} is either a pointer or a
56caf160 2894C@t{++} reference type.
93e79dbd
JB
2895@end deftypefn
2896
2897@deftypefn {Target Macro} void ADDRESS_TO_POINTER (struct type *@var{type}, char *@var{buf}, CORE_ADDR @var{addr})
2898Store in @var{buf} a pointer of type @var{type} representing the address
2899@var{addr}, in the appropriate format for the current architecture.
2900
2901This function may safely assume that @var{type} is either a pointer or a
56caf160 2902C@t{++} reference type.
93e79dbd
JB
2903@end deftypefn
2904
b5b0480a
KB
2905@section Address Classes
2906@cindex address classes
2907@cindex DW_AT_byte_size
2908@cindex DW_AT_address_class
2909
2910Sometimes information about different kinds of addresses is available
2911via the debug information. For example, some programming environments
2912define addresses of several different sizes. If the debug information
2913distinguishes these kinds of address classes through either the size
2914info (e.g, @code{DW_AT_byte_size} in @w{DWARF 2}) or through an explicit
2915address class attribute (e.g, @code{DW_AT_address_class} in @w{DWARF 2}), the
2916following macros should be defined in order to disambiguate these
2917types within @value{GDBN} as well as provide the added information to
2918a @value{GDBN} user when printing type expressions.
2919
2920@deftypefn {Target Macro} int ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS (int @var{byte_size}, int @var{dwarf2_addr_class})
2921Returns the type flags needed to construct a pointer type whose size
2922is @var{byte_size} and whose address class is @var{dwarf2_addr_class}.
2923This function is normally called from within a symbol reader. See
2924@file{dwarf2read.c}.
2925@end deftypefn
2926
2927@deftypefn {Target Macro} char *ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS_TO_NAME (int @var{type_flags})
2928Given the type flags representing an address class qualifier, return
2929its name.
2930@end deftypefn
2931@deftypefn {Target Macro} int ADDRESS_CLASS_NAME_to_TYPE_FLAGS (int @var{name}, int *var{type_flags_ptr})
2932Given an address qualifier name, set the @code{int} refererenced by @var{type_flags_ptr} to the type flags
2933for that address class qualifier.
2934@end deftypefn
2935
2936Since the need for address classes is rather rare, none of
2937the address class macros defined by default. Predicate
2938macros are provided to detect when they are defined.
2939
2940Consider a hypothetical architecture in which addresses are normally
294132-bits wide, but 16-bit addresses are also supported. Furthermore,
2942suppose that the @w{DWARF 2} information for this architecture simply
2943uses a @code{DW_AT_byte_size} value of 2 to indicate the use of one
2944of these "short" pointers. The following functions could be defined
2945to implement the address class macros:
2946
2947@smallexample
2948somearch_address_class_type_flags (int byte_size,
2949 int dwarf2_addr_class)
f2abfe65 2950@{
b5b0480a
KB
2951 if (byte_size == 2)
2952 return TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1;
2953 else
2954 return 0;
f2abfe65 2955@}
b5b0480a
KB
2956
2957static char *
2958somearch_address_class_type_flags_to_name (int type_flags)
f2abfe65 2959@{
b5b0480a
KB
2960 if (type_flags & TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1)
2961 return "short";
2962 else
2963 return NULL;
f2abfe65 2964@}
b5b0480a
KB
2965
2966int
2967somearch_address_class_name_to_type_flags (char *name,
2968 int *type_flags_ptr)
f2abfe65 2969@{
b5b0480a 2970 if (strcmp (name, "short") == 0)
f2abfe65 2971 @{
b5b0480a
KB
2972 *type_flags_ptr = TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1;
2973 return 1;
f2abfe65 2974 @}
b5b0480a
KB
2975 else
2976 return 0;
f2abfe65 2977@}
b5b0480a
KB
2978@end smallexample
2979
2980The qualifier @code{@@short} is used in @value{GDBN}'s type expressions
2981to indicate the presence of one of these "short" pointers. E.g, if
2982the debug information indicates that @code{short_ptr_var} is one of these
2983short pointers, @value{GDBN} might show the following behavior:
2984
2985@smallexample
2986(gdb) ptype short_ptr_var
2987type = int * @@short
2988@end smallexample
2989
93e79dbd 2990
13d01224
AC
2991@section Raw and Virtual Register Representations
2992@cindex raw register representation
2993@cindex virtual register representation
2994@cindex representations, raw and virtual registers
2995
2996@emph{Maintainer note: This section is pretty much obsolete. The
2997functionality described here has largely been replaced by
2998pseudo-registers and the mechanisms described in @ref{Target
2999Architecture Definition, , Using Different Register and Memory Data
3000Representations}. See also @uref{http://www.gnu.org/software/gdb/bugs/,
3001Bug Tracking Database} and
3002@uref{http://sources.redhat.com/gdb/current/ari/, ARI Index} for more
3003up-to-date information.}
af6c57ea 3004
9fb4dd36
JB
3005Some architectures use one representation for a value when it lives in a
3006register, but use a different representation when it lives in memory.
25822942 3007In @value{GDBN}'s terminology, the @dfn{raw} representation is the one used in
9fb4dd36 3008the target registers, and the @dfn{virtual} representation is the one
25822942 3009used in memory, and within @value{GDBN} @code{struct value} objects.
9fb4dd36 3010
13d01224
AC
3011@emph{Maintainer note: Notice that the same mechanism is being used to
3012both convert a register to a @code{struct value} and alternative
3013register forms.}
3014
9fb4dd36
JB
3015For almost all data types on almost all architectures, the virtual and
3016raw representations are identical, and no special handling is needed.
3017However, they do occasionally differ. For example:
3018
3019@itemize @bullet
9fb4dd36 3020@item
56caf160 3021The x86 architecture supports an 80-bit @code{long double} type. However, when
9fb4dd36
JB
3022we store those values in memory, they occupy twelve bytes: the
3023floating-point number occupies the first ten, and the final two bytes
3024are unused. This keeps the values aligned on four-byte boundaries,
3025allowing more efficient access. Thus, the x86 80-bit floating-point
3026type is the raw representation, and the twelve-byte loosely-packed
3027arrangement is the virtual representation.
3028
3029@item
25822942
DB
3030Some 64-bit MIPS targets present 32-bit registers to @value{GDBN} as 64-bit
3031registers, with garbage in their upper bits. @value{GDBN} ignores the top 32
9fb4dd36
JB
3032bits. Thus, the 64-bit form, with garbage in the upper 32 bits, is the
3033raw representation, and the trimmed 32-bit representation is the
3034virtual representation.
9fb4dd36
JB
3035@end itemize
3036
3037In general, the raw representation is determined by the architecture, or
25822942
DB
3038@value{GDBN}'s interface to the architecture, while the virtual representation
3039can be chosen for @value{GDBN}'s convenience. @value{GDBN}'s register file,
56caf160
EZ
3040@code{registers}, holds the register contents in raw format, and the
3041@value{GDBN} remote protocol transmits register values in raw format.
9fb4dd36 3042
56caf160
EZ
3043Your architecture may define the following macros to request
3044conversions between the raw and virtual format:
9fb4dd36
JB
3045
3046@deftypefn {Target Macro} int REGISTER_CONVERTIBLE (int @var{reg})
3047Return non-zero if register number @var{reg}'s value needs different raw
3048and virtual formats.
6f6ef15a
EZ
3049
3050You should not use @code{REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL} for a register
3051unless this macro returns a non-zero value for that register.
9fb4dd36
JB
3052@end deftypefn
3053
12c266ea 3054@deftypefn {Target Macro} int DEPRECATED_REGISTER_RAW_SIZE (int @var{reg})
9fb4dd36 3055The size of register number @var{reg}'s raw value. This is the number
25822942 3056of bytes the register will occupy in @code{registers}, or in a @value{GDBN}
9fb4dd36
JB
3057remote protocol packet.
3058@end deftypefn
3059
f30992d4 3060@deftypefn {Target Macro} int DEPRECATED_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_SIZE (int @var{reg})
9fb4dd36
JB
3061The size of register number @var{reg}'s value, in its virtual format.
3062This is the size a @code{struct value}'s buffer will have, holding that
3063register's value.
3064@end deftypefn
3065
2e092625 3066@deftypefn {Target Macro} struct type *DEPRECATED_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_TYPE (int @var{reg})
9fb4dd36
JB
3067This is the type of the virtual representation of register number
3068@var{reg}. Note that there is no need for a macro giving a type for the
25822942 3069register's raw form; once the register's value has been obtained, @value{GDBN}
9fb4dd36
JB
3070always uses the virtual form.
3071@end deftypefn
3072
3073@deftypefn {Target Macro} void REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL (int @var{reg}, struct type *@var{type}, char *@var{from}, char *@var{to})
3074Convert the value of register number @var{reg} to @var{type}, which
2e092625 3075should always be @code{DEPRECATED_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_TYPE (@var{reg})}. The buffer
9fb4dd36
JB
3076at @var{from} holds the register's value in raw format; the macro should
3077convert the value to virtual format, and place it at @var{to}.
3078
6f6ef15a
EZ
3079Note that @code{REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL} and
3080@code{REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_RAW} take their @var{reg} and @var{type}
3081arguments in different orders.
3082
3083You should only use @code{REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL} with registers
3084for which the @code{REGISTER_CONVERTIBLE} macro returns a non-zero
3085value.
9fb4dd36
JB
3086@end deftypefn
3087
3088@deftypefn {Target Macro} void REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_RAW (struct type *@var{type}, int @var{reg}, char *@var{from}, char *@var{to})
3089Convert the value of register number @var{reg} to @var{type}, which
2e092625 3090should always be @code{DEPRECATED_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_TYPE (@var{reg})}. The buffer
9fb4dd36
JB
3091at @var{from} holds the register's value in raw format; the macro should
3092convert the value to virtual format, and place it at @var{to}.
3093
3094Note that REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL and REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_RAW take
3095their @var{reg} and @var{type} arguments in different orders.
3096@end deftypefn
3097
3098
13d01224
AC
3099@section Using Different Register and Memory Data Representations
3100@cindex register representation
3101@cindex memory representation
3102@cindex representations, register and memory
3103@cindex register data formats, converting
3104@cindex @code{struct value}, converting register contents to
3105
3106@emph{Maintainer's note: The way GDB manipulates registers is undergoing
3107significant change. Many of the macros and functions refered to in this
3108section are likely to be subject to further revision. See
3109@uref{http://sources.redhat.com/gdb/current/ari/, A.R. Index} and
3110@uref{http://www.gnu.org/software/gdb/bugs, Bug Tracking Database} for
3111further information. cagney/2002-05-06.}
3112
3113Some architectures can represent a data object in a register using a
3114form that is different to the objects more normal memory representation.
3115For example:
3116
3117@itemize @bullet
3118
3119@item
3120The Alpha architecture can represent 32 bit integer values in
3121floating-point registers.
3122
3123@item
3124The x86 architecture supports 80-bit floating-point registers. The
3125@code{long double} data type occupies 96 bits in memory but only 80 bits
3126when stored in a register.
3127
3128@end itemize
3129
3130In general, the register representation of a data type is determined by
3131the architecture, or @value{GDBN}'s interface to the architecture, while
3132the memory representation is determined by the Application Binary
3133Interface.
3134
3135For almost all data types on almost all architectures, the two
3136representations are identical, and no special handling is needed.
3137However, they do occasionally differ. Your architecture may define the
3138following macros to request conversions between the register and memory
3139representations of a data type:
3140
3141@deftypefn {Target Macro} int CONVERT_REGISTER_P (int @var{reg})
3142Return non-zero if the representation of a data value stored in this
3143register may be different to the representation of that same data value
3144when stored in memory.
3145
3146When non-zero, the macros @code{REGISTER_TO_VALUE} and
3147@code{VALUE_TO_REGISTER} are used to perform any necessary conversion.
3148@end deftypefn
3149
3150@deftypefn {Target Macro} void REGISTER_TO_VALUE (int @var{reg}, struct type *@var{type}, char *@var{from}, char *@var{to})
3151Convert the value of register number @var{reg} to a data object of type
3152@var{type}. The buffer at @var{from} holds the register's value in raw
3153format; the converted value should be placed in the buffer at @var{to}.
3154
3155Note that @code{REGISTER_TO_VALUE} and @code{VALUE_TO_REGISTER} take
3156their @var{reg} and @var{type} arguments in different orders.
3157
3158You should only use @code{REGISTER_TO_VALUE} with registers for which
3159the @code{CONVERT_REGISTER_P} macro returns a non-zero value.
3160@end deftypefn
3161
3162@deftypefn {Target Macro} void VALUE_TO_REGISTER (struct type *@var{type}, int @var{reg}, char *@var{from}, char *@var{to})
3163Convert a data value of type @var{type} to register number @var{reg}'
3164raw format.
3165
3166Note that @code{REGISTER_TO_VALUE} and @code{VALUE_TO_REGISTER} take
3167their @var{reg} and @var{type} arguments in different orders.
3168
3169You should only use @code{VALUE_TO_REGISTER} with registers for which
3170the @code{CONVERT_REGISTER_P} macro returns a non-zero value.
3171@end deftypefn
3172
3173@deftypefn {Target Macro} void REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_TYPE (int @var{regnum}, struct type *@var{type}, char *@var{buf})
3174See @file{mips-tdep.c}. It does not do what you want.
3175@end deftypefn
3176
3177
c906108c
SS
3178@section Frame Interpretation
3179
3180@section Inferior Call Setup
3181
3182@section Compiler Characteristics
3183
3184@section Target Conditionals
3185
3186This section describes the macros that you can use to define the target
3187machine.
3188
3189@table @code
3190
c906108c 3191@item ADDR_BITS_REMOVE (addr)
56caf160 3192@findex ADDR_BITS_REMOVE
adf40b2e
JM
3193If a raw machine instruction address includes any bits that are not
3194really part of the address, then define this macro to expand into an
56caf160 3195expression that zeroes those bits in @var{addr}. This is only used for
adf40b2e
JM
3196addresses of instructions, and even then not in all contexts.
3197
3198For example, the two low-order bits of the PC on the Hewlett-Packard PA
31992.0 architecture contain the privilege level of the corresponding
3200instruction. Since instructions must always be aligned on four-byte
3201boundaries, the processor masks out these bits to generate the actual
3202address of the instruction. ADDR_BITS_REMOVE should filter out these
3203bits with an expression such as @code{((addr) & ~3)}.
c906108c 3204
b5b0480a
KB
3205@item ADDRESS_CLASS_NAME_TO_TYPE_FLAGS (@var{name}, @var{type_flags_ptr})
3206@findex ADDRESS_CLASS_NAME_TO_TYPE_FLAGS
3207If @var{name} is a valid address class qualifier name, set the @code{int}
3208referenced by @var{type_flags_ptr} to the mask representing the qualifier
3209and return 1. If @var{name} is not a valid address class qualifier name,
3210return 0.
3211
3212The value for @var{type_flags_ptr} should be one of
3213@code{TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1}, @code{TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_2}, or
3214possibly some combination of these values or'd together.
3215@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Address Classes}.
3216
3217@item ADDRESS_CLASS_NAME_TO_TYPE_FLAGS_P ()
3218@findex ADDRESS_CLASS_NAME_TO_TYPE_FLAGS_P
3219Predicate which indicates whether @code{ADDRESS_CLASS_NAME_TO_TYPE_FLAGS}
3220has been defined.
3221
3222@item ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS (@var{byte_size}, @var{dwarf2_addr_class})
3223@findex ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS (@var{byte_size}, @var{dwarf2_addr_class})
3224Given a pointers byte size (as described by the debug information) and
3225the possible @code{DW_AT_address_class} value, return the type flags
3226used by @value{GDBN} to represent this address class. The value
3227returned should be one of @code{TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1},
3228@code{TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_2}, or possibly some combination of these
3229values or'd together.
3230@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Address Classes}.
3231
3232@item ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS_P ()
3233@findex ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS_P
3234Predicate which indicates whether @code{ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS} has
3235been defined.
3236
3237@item ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS_TO_NAME (@var{type_flags})
3238@findex ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS_TO_NAME
3239Return the name of the address class qualifier associated with the type
3240flags given by @var{type_flags}.
3241
3242@item ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS_TO_NAME_P ()
3243@findex ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS_TO_NAME_P
3244Predicate which indicates whether @code{ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS_TO_NAME} has
3245been defined.
3246@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Address Classes}.
3247
93e79dbd 3248@item ADDRESS_TO_POINTER (@var{type}, @var{buf}, @var{addr})
56caf160 3249@findex ADDRESS_TO_POINTER
93e79dbd
JB
3250Store in @var{buf} a pointer of type @var{type} representing the address
3251@var{addr}, in the appropriate format for the current architecture.
3252This macro may safely assume that @var{type} is either a pointer or a
56caf160 3253C@t{++} reference type.
93e79dbd
JB
3254@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Pointers Are Not Always Addresses}.
3255
c906108c 3256@item BELIEVE_PCC_PROMOTION
56caf160
EZ
3257@findex BELIEVE_PCC_PROMOTION
3258Define if the compiler promotes a @code{short} or @code{char}
3259parameter to an @code{int}, but still reports the parameter as its
3260original type, rather than the promoted type.
c906108c 3261
c906108c 3262@item BITS_BIG_ENDIAN
56caf160
EZ
3263@findex BITS_BIG_ENDIAN
3264Define this if the numbering of bits in the targets does @strong{not} match the
c906108c 3265endianness of the target byte order. A value of 1 means that the bits
56caf160 3266are numbered in a big-endian bit order, 0 means little-endian.
c906108c
SS
3267
3268@item BREAKPOINT
56caf160 3269@findex BREAKPOINT
c906108c
SS
3270This is the character array initializer for the bit pattern to put into
3271memory where a breakpoint is set. Although it's common to use a trap
3272instruction for a breakpoint, it's not required; for instance, the bit
3273pattern could be an invalid instruction. The breakpoint must be no
3274longer than the shortest instruction of the architecture.
3275
56caf160
EZ
3276@code{BREAKPOINT} has been deprecated in favor of
3277@code{BREAKPOINT_FROM_PC}.
7a292a7a 3278
c906108c 3279@item BIG_BREAKPOINT
56caf160
EZ
3280@itemx LITTLE_BREAKPOINT
3281@findex LITTLE_BREAKPOINT
3282@findex BIG_BREAKPOINT
c906108c
SS
3283Similar to BREAKPOINT, but used for bi-endian targets.
3284
56caf160
EZ
3285@code{BIG_BREAKPOINT} and @code{LITTLE_BREAKPOINT} have been deprecated in
3286favor of @code{BREAKPOINT_FROM_PC}.
7a292a7a 3287
2dd0da42
AC
3288@item DEPRECATED_REMOTE_BREAKPOINT
3289@itemx DEPRECATED_LITTLE_REMOTE_BREAKPOINT
3290@itemx DEPRECATED_BIG_REMOTE_BREAKPOINT
3291@findex DEPRECATED_BIG_REMOTE_BREAKPOINT
3292@findex DEPRECATED_LITTLE_REMOTE_BREAKPOINT
3293@findex DEPRECATED_REMOTE_BREAKPOINT
3294Specify the breakpoint instruction sequence for a remote target.
3295@code{DEPRECATED_REMOTE_BREAKPOINT},
3296@code{DEPRECATED_BIG_REMOTE_BREAKPOINT} and
3297@code{DEPRECATED_LITTLE_REMOTE_BREAKPOINT} have been deprecated in
3298favor of @code{BREAKPOINT_FROM_PC} (@pxref{BREAKPOINT_FROM_PC}).
c906108c 3299
56caf160
EZ
3300@item BREAKPOINT_FROM_PC (@var{pcptr}, @var{lenptr})
3301@findex BREAKPOINT_FROM_PC
2dd0da42
AC
3302@anchor{BREAKPOINT_FROM_PC} Use the program counter to determine the
3303contents and size of a breakpoint instruction. It returns a pointer to
3304a string of bytes that encode a breakpoint instruction, stores the
3305length of the string to @code{*@var{lenptr}}, and adjusts the program
3306counter (if necessary) to point to the actual memory location where the
3307breakpoint should be inserted.
c906108c
SS
3308
3309Although it is common to use a trap instruction for a breakpoint, it's
3310not required; for instance, the bit pattern could be an invalid
3311instruction. The breakpoint must be no longer than the shortest
3312instruction of the architecture.
3313
7a292a7a
SS
3314Replaces all the other @var{BREAKPOINT} macros.
3315
8181d85f
DJ
3316@item MEMORY_INSERT_BREAKPOINT (@var{bp_tgt})
3317@itemx MEMORY_REMOVE_BREAKPOINT (@var{bp_tgt})
56caf160
EZ
3318@findex MEMORY_REMOVE_BREAKPOINT
3319@findex MEMORY_INSERT_BREAKPOINT
917317f4
JM
3320Insert or remove memory based breakpoints. Reasonable defaults
3321(@code{default_memory_insert_breakpoint} and
3322@code{default_memory_remove_breakpoint} respectively) have been
3323provided so that it is not necessary to define these for most
3324architectures. Architectures which may want to define
56caf160 3325@code{MEMORY_INSERT_BREAKPOINT} and @code{MEMORY_REMOVE_BREAKPOINT} will
917317f4
JM
3326likely have instructions that are oddly sized or are not stored in a
3327conventional manner.
3328
3329It may also be desirable (from an efficiency standpoint) to define
3330custom breakpoint insertion and removal routines if
56caf160 3331@code{BREAKPOINT_FROM_PC} needs to read the target's memory for some
917317f4
JM
3332reason.
3333
1485d690
KB
3334@item ADJUST_BREAKPOINT_ADDRESS (@var{address})
3335@findex ADJUST_BREAKPOINT_ADDRESS
3336@cindex breakpoint address adjusted
3337Given an address at which a breakpoint is desired, return a breakpoint
3338address adjusted to account for architectural constraints on
3339breakpoint placement. This method is not needed by most targets.
3340
3341The FR-V target (see @file{frv-tdep.c}) requires this method.
3342The FR-V is a VLIW architecture in which a number of RISC-like
3343instructions are grouped (packed) together into an aggregate
3344instruction or instruction bundle. When the processor executes
3345one of these bundles, the component instructions are executed
3346in parallel.
3347
3348In the course of optimization, the compiler may group instructions
3349from distinct source statements into the same bundle. The line number
3350information associated with one of the latter statements will likely
3351refer to some instruction other than the first one in the bundle. So,
3352if the user attempts to place a breakpoint on one of these latter
3353statements, @value{GDBN} must be careful to @emph{not} place the break
3354instruction on any instruction other than the first one in the bundle.
3355(Remember though that the instructions within a bundle execute
3356in parallel, so the @emph{first} instruction is the instruction
3357at the lowest address and has nothing to do with execution order.)
3358
3359The FR-V's @code{ADJUST_BREAKPOINT_ADDRESS} method will adjust a
3360breakpoint's address by scanning backwards for the beginning of
3361the bundle, returning the address of the bundle.
3362
3363Since the adjustment of a breakpoint may significantly alter a user's
3364expectation, @value{GDBN} prints a warning when an adjusted breakpoint
3365is initially set and each time that that breakpoint is hit.
3366
c906108c 3367@item CALL_DUMMY_LOCATION
56caf160
EZ
3368@findex CALL_DUMMY_LOCATION
3369See the file @file{inferior.h}.
7a292a7a 3370
7043d8dc
AC
3371This method has been replaced by @code{push_dummy_code}
3372(@pxref{push_dummy_code}).
3373
56caf160
EZ
3374@item CANNOT_FETCH_REGISTER (@var{regno})
3375@findex CANNOT_FETCH_REGISTER
c906108c
SS
3376A C expression that should be nonzero if @var{regno} cannot be fetched
3377from an inferior process. This is only relevant if
3378@code{FETCH_INFERIOR_REGISTERS} is not defined.
3379
56caf160
EZ
3380@item CANNOT_STORE_REGISTER (@var{regno})
3381@findex CANNOT_STORE_REGISTER
c906108c
SS
3382A C expression that should be nonzero if @var{regno} should not be
3383written to the target. This is often the case for program counters,
56caf160
EZ
3384status words, and other special registers. If this is not defined,
3385@value{GDBN} will assume that all registers may be written.
c906108c 3386
13d01224
AC
3387@item int CONVERT_REGISTER_P(@var{regnum})
3388@findex CONVERT_REGISTER_P
3389Return non-zero if register @var{regnum} can represent data values in a
3390non-standard form.
3391@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Using Different Register and Memory Data Representations}.
3392
c906108c 3393@item DECR_PC_AFTER_BREAK
56caf160 3394@findex DECR_PC_AFTER_BREAK
c906108c
SS
3395Define this to be the amount by which to decrement the PC after the
3396program encounters a breakpoint. This is often the number of bytes in
56caf160 3397@code{BREAKPOINT}, though not always. For most targets this value will be 0.
c906108c 3398
56caf160
EZ
3399@item DISABLE_UNSETTABLE_BREAK (@var{addr})
3400@findex DISABLE_UNSETTABLE_BREAK
c906108c
SS
3401If defined, this should evaluate to 1 if @var{addr} is in a shared
3402library in which breakpoints cannot be set and so should be disabled.
3403
5e74b15c 3404@item PRINT_FLOAT_INFO()
0ab7a791 3405@findex PRINT_FLOAT_INFO
5e74b15c
RE
3406If defined, then the @samp{info float} command will print information about
3407the processor's floating point unit.
3408
0ab7a791
AC
3409@item print_registers_info (@var{gdbarch}, @var{frame}, @var{regnum}, @var{all})
3410@findex print_registers_info
3411If defined, pretty print the value of the register @var{regnum} for the
3412specified @var{frame}. If the value of @var{regnum} is -1, pretty print
3413either all registers (@var{all} is non zero) or a select subset of
3414registers (@var{all} is zero).
3415
3416The default method prints one register per line, and if @var{all} is
3417zero omits floating-point registers.
3418
e76f1f2e
AC
3419@item PRINT_VECTOR_INFO()
3420@findex PRINT_VECTOR_INFO
3421If defined, then the @samp{info vector} command will call this function
3422to print information about the processor's vector unit.
3423
3424By default, the @samp{info vector} command will print all vector
3425registers (the register's type having the vector attribute).
3426
0dcedd82 3427@item DWARF_REG_TO_REGNUM
56caf160 3428@findex DWARF_REG_TO_REGNUM
0dcedd82
AC
3429Convert DWARF register number into @value{GDBN} regnum. If not defined,
3430no conversion will be performed.
3431
3432@item DWARF2_REG_TO_REGNUM
56caf160 3433@findex DWARF2_REG_TO_REGNUM
0dcedd82
AC
3434Convert DWARF2 register number into @value{GDBN} regnum. If not
3435defined, no conversion will be performed.
3436
3437@item ECOFF_REG_TO_REGNUM
56caf160 3438@findex ECOFF_REG_TO_REGNUM
0dcedd82
AC
3439Convert ECOFF register number into @value{GDBN} regnum. If not defined,
3440no conversion will be performed.
3441
c906108c 3442@item END_OF_TEXT_DEFAULT
56caf160
EZ
3443@findex END_OF_TEXT_DEFAULT
3444This is an expression that should designate the end of the text section.
3445@c (? FIXME ?)
c906108c 3446
56caf160
EZ
3447@item EXTRACT_RETURN_VALUE(@var{type}, @var{regbuf}, @var{valbuf})
3448@findex EXTRACT_RETURN_VALUE
c906108c
SS
3449Define this to extract a function's return value of type @var{type} from
3450the raw register state @var{regbuf} and copy that, in virtual format,
3451into @var{valbuf}.
3452
92ad9cd9
AC
3453This method has been deprecated in favour of @code{gdbarch_return_value}
3454(@pxref{gdbarch_return_value}).
3455
74055713
AC
3456@item DEPRECATED_EXTRACT_STRUCT_VALUE_ADDRESS(@var{regbuf})
3457@findex DEPRECATED_EXTRACT_STRUCT_VALUE_ADDRESS
3458@anchor{DEPRECATED_EXTRACT_STRUCT_VALUE_ADDRESS}
83aa8bc6
AC
3459When defined, extract from the array @var{regbuf} (containing the raw
3460register state) the @code{CORE_ADDR} at which a function should return
3461its structure value.
ac9a91a7 3462
92ad9cd9 3463@xref{gdbarch_return_value}.
83aa8bc6 3464
74055713
AC
3465@item DEPRECATED_EXTRACT_STRUCT_VALUE_ADDRESS_P()
3466@findex DEPRECATED_EXTRACT_STRUCT_VALUE_ADDRESS_P
3467Predicate for @code{DEPRECATED_EXTRACT_STRUCT_VALUE_ADDRESS}.
c906108c 3468
0ba6dca9
AC
3469@item DEPRECATED_FP_REGNUM
3470@findex DEPRECATED_FP_REGNUM
cce74817
JM
3471If the virtual frame pointer is kept in a register, then define this
3472macro to be the number (greater than or equal to zero) of that register.
3473
0ba6dca9
AC
3474This should only need to be defined if @code{DEPRECATED_TARGET_READ_FP}
3475is not defined.
c906108c 3476
19772a2c
AC
3477@item DEPRECATED_FRAMELESS_FUNCTION_INVOCATION(@var{fi})
3478@findex DEPRECATED_FRAMELESS_FUNCTION_INVOCATION
392a587b
JM
3479Define this to an expression that returns 1 if the function invocation
3480represented by @var{fi} does not have a stack frame associated with it.
3481Otherwise return 0.
c906108c 3482
790eb8f5
AC
3483@item frame_align (@var{address})
3484@anchor{frame_align}
3485@findex frame_align
3486Define this to adjust @var{address} so that it meets the alignment
3487requirements for the start of a new stack frame. A stack frame's
3488alignment requirements are typically stronger than a target processors
f27dd7fd 3489stack alignment requirements (@pxref{DEPRECATED_STACK_ALIGN}).
790eb8f5
AC
3490
3491This function is used to ensure that, when creating a dummy frame, both
3492the initial stack pointer and (if needed) the address of the return
3493value are correctly aligned.
3494
f27dd7fd
AC
3495Unlike @code{DEPRECATED_STACK_ALIGN}, this function always adjusts the
3496address in the direction of stack growth.
790eb8f5
AC
3497
3498By default, no frame based stack alignment is performed.
3499
8b148df9
AC
3500@item int frame_red_zone_size
3501
3502The number of bytes, beyond the innermost-stack-address, reserved by the
3503@sc{abi}. A function is permitted to use this scratch area (instead of
3504allocating extra stack space).
3505
3506When performing an inferior function call, to ensure that it does not
3507modify this area, @value{GDBN} adjusts the innermost-stack-address by
3508@var{frame_red_zone_size} bytes before pushing parameters onto the
3509stack.
3510
3511By default, zero bytes are allocated. The value must be aligned
3512(@pxref{frame_align}).
3513
3514The @sc{amd64} (nee x86-64) @sc{abi} documentation refers to the
3515@emph{red zone} when describing this scratch area.
3516@cindex red zone
3517
618ce49f
AC
3518@item DEPRECATED_FRAME_CHAIN(@var{frame})
3519@findex DEPRECATED_FRAME_CHAIN
c906108c
SS
3520Given @var{frame}, return a pointer to the calling frame.
3521
618ce49f
AC
3522@item DEPRECATED_FRAME_CHAIN_VALID(@var{chain}, @var{thisframe})
3523@findex DEPRECATED_FRAME_CHAIN_VALID
95f90d25
DJ
3524Define this to be an expression that returns zero if the given frame is an
3525outermost frame, with no caller, and nonzero otherwise. Most normal
3526situations can be handled without defining this macro, including @code{NULL}
3527chain pointers, dummy frames, and frames whose PC values are inside the
3528startup file (e.g.@: @file{crt0.o}), inside @code{main}, or inside
3529@code{_start}.
c906108c 3530
f30ee0bc
AC
3531@item DEPRECATED_FRAME_INIT_SAVED_REGS(@var{frame})
3532@findex DEPRECATED_FRAME_INIT_SAVED_REGS
c906108c
SS
3533See @file{frame.h}. Determines the address of all registers in the
3534current stack frame storing each in @code{frame->saved_regs}. Space for
3535@code{frame->saved_regs} shall be allocated by
f30ee0bc
AC
3536@code{DEPRECATED_FRAME_INIT_SAVED_REGS} using
3537@code{frame_saved_regs_zalloc}.
c906108c 3538
fb8f8949 3539@code{FRAME_FIND_SAVED_REGS} is deprecated.
c906108c 3540
56caf160
EZ
3541@item FRAME_NUM_ARGS (@var{fi})
3542@findex FRAME_NUM_ARGS
392a587b
JM
3543For the frame described by @var{fi} return the number of arguments that
3544are being passed. If the number of arguments is not known, return
3545@code{-1}.
c906108c 3546
8bedc050
AC
3547@item DEPRECATED_FRAME_SAVED_PC(@var{frame})
3548@findex DEPRECATED_FRAME_SAVED_PC
3549@anchor{DEPRECATED_FRAME_SAVED_PC} Given @var{frame}, return the pc
3550saved there. This is the return address.
12cc2063
AC
3551
3552This method is deprecated. @xref{unwind_pc}.
3553
3554@item CORE_ADDR unwind_pc (struct frame_info *@var{this_frame})
3555@findex unwind_pc
3556@anchor{unwind_pc} Return the instruction address, in @var{this_frame}'s
3557caller, at which execution will resume after @var{this_frame} returns.
3558This is commonly refered to as the return address.
3559
3560The implementation, which must be frame agnostic (work with any frame),
3561is typically no more than:
3562
3563@smallexample
3564ULONGEST pc;
3565frame_unwind_unsigned_register (this_frame, D10V_PC_REGNUM, &pc);
3566return d10v_make_iaddr (pc);
3567@end smallexample
3568
3569@noindent
8bedc050 3570@xref{DEPRECATED_FRAME_SAVED_PC}, which this method replaces.
c906108c 3571
a9e5fdc2
AC
3572@item CORE_ADDR unwind_sp (struct frame_info *@var{this_frame})
3573@findex unwind_sp
3574@anchor{unwind_sp} Return the frame's inner most stack address. This is
3575commonly refered to as the frame's @dfn{stack pointer}.
3576
3577The implementation, which must be frame agnostic (work with any frame),
3578is typically no more than:
3579
3580@smallexample
3581ULONGEST sp;
3582frame_unwind_unsigned_register (this_frame, D10V_SP_REGNUM, &sp);
3583return d10v_make_daddr (sp);
3584@end smallexample
3585
3586@noindent
3587@xref{TARGET_READ_SP}, which this method replaces.
3588
c906108c 3589@item FUNCTION_EPILOGUE_SIZE
56caf160 3590@findex FUNCTION_EPILOGUE_SIZE
c906108c
SS
3591For some COFF targets, the @code{x_sym.x_misc.x_fsize} field of the
3592function end symbol is 0. For such targets, you must define
3593@code{FUNCTION_EPILOGUE_SIZE} to expand into the standard size of a
3594function's epilogue.
3595
782263ab
AC
3596@item DEPRECATED_FUNCTION_START_OFFSET
3597@findex DEPRECATED_FUNCTION_START_OFFSET
f7cb2b90
JB
3598An integer, giving the offset in bytes from a function's address (as
3599used in the values of symbols, function pointers, etc.), and the
3600function's first genuine instruction.
3601
3602This is zero on almost all machines: the function's address is usually
782263ab
AC
3603the address of its first instruction. However, on the VAX, for
3604example, each function starts with two bytes containing a bitmask
3605indicating which registers to save upon entry to the function. The
3606VAX @code{call} instructions check this value, and save the
3607appropriate registers automatically. Thus, since the offset from the
3608function's address to its first instruction is two bytes,
3609@code{DEPRECATED_FUNCTION_START_OFFSET} would be 2 on the VAX.
f7cb2b90 3610
c906108c 3611@item GCC_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL
56caf160
EZ
3612@itemx GCC2_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL
3613@findex GCC2_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL
3614@findex GCC_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL
3615If defined, these are the names of the symbols that @value{GDBN} will
3616look for to detect that GCC compiled the file. The default symbols
3617are @code{gcc_compiled.} and @code{gcc2_compiled.},
3618respectively. (Currently only defined for the Delta 68.)
c906108c 3619
25822942 3620@item @value{GDBN}_MULTI_ARCH
56caf160 3621@findex @value{GDBN}_MULTI_ARCH
937f164b 3622If defined and non-zero, enables support for multiple architectures
25822942 3623within @value{GDBN}.
0f71a2f6 3624
56caf160 3625This support can be enabled at two levels. At level one, only
0f71a2f6 3626definitions for previously undefined macros are provided; at level two,
937f164b 3627a multi-arch definition of all architecture dependent macros will be
0f71a2f6
JM
3628defined.
3629
25822942 3630@item @value{GDBN}_TARGET_IS_HPPA
56caf160
EZ
3631@findex @value{GDBN}_TARGET_IS_HPPA
3632This determines whether horrible kludge code in @file{dbxread.c} and
3633@file{partial-stab.h} is used to mangle multiple-symbol-table files from
3634HPPA's. This should all be ripped out, and a scheme like @file{elfread.c}
3635used instead.
c906108c 3636
c906108c 3637@item GET_LONGJMP_TARGET
56caf160 3638@findex GET_LONGJMP_TARGET
c906108c
SS
3639For most machines, this is a target-dependent parameter. On the
3640DECstation and the Iris, this is a native-dependent parameter, since
937f164b 3641the header file @file{setjmp.h} is needed to define it.
c906108c 3642
56caf160
EZ
3643This macro determines the target PC address that @code{longjmp} will jump to,
3644assuming that we have just stopped at a @code{longjmp} breakpoint. It takes a
3645@code{CORE_ADDR *} as argument, and stores the target PC value through this
c906108c
SS
3646pointer. It examines the current state of the machine as needed.
3647
ac2adee5
AC
3648@item DEPRECATED_GET_SAVED_REGISTER
3649@findex DEPRECATED_GET_SAVED_REGISTER
c906108c 3650Define this if you need to supply your own definition for the function
ac2adee5 3651@code{DEPRECATED_GET_SAVED_REGISTER}.
c906108c 3652
268e2188
AC
3653@item DEPRECATED_IBM6000_TARGET
3654@findex DEPRECATED_IBM6000_TARGET
3655Shows that we are configured for an IBM RS/6000 system. This
c906108c 3656conditional should be eliminated (FIXME) and replaced by
56caf160 3657feature-specific macros. It was introduced in a haste and we are
c906108c
SS
3658repenting at leisure.
3659
9742079a
EZ
3660@item I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS
3661An x86-based target can define this to use the generic x86 watchpoint
3662support; see @ref{Algorithms, I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS}.
3663
2df3850c 3664@item SYMBOLS_CAN_START_WITH_DOLLAR
56caf160 3665@findex SYMBOLS_CAN_START_WITH_DOLLAR
2df3850c 3666Some systems have routines whose names start with @samp{$}. Giving this
25822942 3667macro a non-zero value tells @value{GDBN}'s expression parser to check for such
2df3850c
JM
3668routines when parsing tokens that begin with @samp{$}.
3669
3670On HP-UX, certain system routines (millicode) have names beginning with
3671@samp{$} or @samp{$$}. For example, @code{$$dyncall} is a millicode
3672routine that handles inter-space procedure calls on PA-RISC.
3673
e9582e71
AC
3674@item DEPRECATED_INIT_EXTRA_FRAME_INFO (@var{fromleaf}, @var{frame})
3675@findex DEPRECATED_INIT_EXTRA_FRAME_INFO
c906108c
SS
3676If additional information about the frame is required this should be
3677stored in @code{frame->extra_info}. Space for @code{frame->extra_info}
372613e3 3678is allocated using @code{frame_extra_info_zalloc}.
c906108c 3679
a5afb99f
AC
3680@item DEPRECATED_INIT_FRAME_PC (@var{fromleaf}, @var{prev})
3681@findex DEPRECATED_INIT_FRAME_PC
c906108c
SS
3682This is a C statement that sets the pc of the frame pointed to by
3683@var{prev}. [By default...]
3684
56caf160
EZ
3685@item INNER_THAN (@var{lhs}, @var{rhs})
3686@findex INNER_THAN
c906108c
SS
3687Returns non-zero if stack address @var{lhs} is inner than (nearer to the
3688stack top) stack address @var{rhs}. Define this as @code{lhs < rhs} if
3689the target's stack grows downward in memory, or @code{lhs > rsh} if the
3690stack grows upward.
3691
9e5abb06
CV
3692@item gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (@var{gdbarch}, @var{pc})
3693@findex gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p
3694Returns non-zero if the given @var{pc} is in the epilogue of a function.
3695The epilogue of a function is defined as the part of a function where
3696the stack frame of the function already has been destroyed up to the
3697final `return from function call' instruction.
3698
aa2a3f87
AC
3699@item DEPRECATED_SIGTRAMP_START (@var{pc})
3700@findex DEPRECATED_SIGTRAMP_START
3701@itemx DEPRECATED_SIGTRAMP_END (@var{pc})
3702@findex DEPRECATED_SIGTRAMP_END
56caf160 3703Define these to be the start and end address of the @code{sigtramp} for the
c906108c
SS
3704given @var{pc}. On machines where the address is just a compile time
3705constant, the macro expansion will typically just ignore the supplied
3706@var{pc}.
3707
56caf160
EZ
3708@item IN_SOLIB_CALL_TRAMPOLINE (@var{pc}, @var{name})
3709@findex IN_SOLIB_CALL_TRAMPOLINE
c906108c
SS
3710Define this to evaluate to nonzero if the program is stopped in the
3711trampoline that connects to a shared library.
3712
56caf160
EZ
3713@item IN_SOLIB_RETURN_TRAMPOLINE (@var{pc}, @var{name})
3714@findex IN_SOLIB_RETURN_TRAMPOLINE
c906108c
SS
3715Define this to evaluate to nonzero if the program is stopped in the
3716trampoline that returns from a shared library.
3717
56caf160
EZ
3718@item IN_SOLIB_DYNSYM_RESOLVE_CODE (@var{pc})
3719@findex IN_SOLIB_DYNSYM_RESOLVE_CODE
d4f3574e
SS
3720Define this to evaluate to nonzero if the program is stopped in the
3721dynamic linker.
3722
56caf160
EZ
3723@item SKIP_SOLIB_RESOLVER (@var{pc})
3724@findex SKIP_SOLIB_RESOLVER
d4f3574e
SS
3725Define this to evaluate to the (nonzero) address at which execution
3726should continue to get past the dynamic linker's symbol resolution
3727function. A zero value indicates that it is not important or necessary
3728to set a breakpoint to get through the dynamic linker and that single
3729stepping will suffice.
3730
fc0c74b1
AC
3731@item INTEGER_TO_ADDRESS (@var{type}, @var{buf})
3732@findex INTEGER_TO_ADDRESS
3733@cindex converting integers to addresses
3734Define this when the architecture needs to handle non-pointer to address
3735conversions specially. Converts that value to an address according to
3736the current architectures conventions.
3737
3738@emph{Pragmatics: When the user copies a well defined expression from
3739their source code and passes it, as a parameter, to @value{GDBN}'s
3740@code{print} command, they should get the same value as would have been
3741computed by the target program. Any deviation from this rule can cause
3742major confusion and annoyance, and needs to be justified carefully. In
3743other words, @value{GDBN} doesn't really have the freedom to do these
3744conversions in clever and useful ways. It has, however, been pointed
3745out that users aren't complaining about how @value{GDBN} casts integers
3746to pointers; they are complaining that they can't take an address from a
3747disassembly listing and give it to @code{x/i}. Adding an architecture
3748method like @code{INTEGER_TO_ADDRESS} certainly makes it possible for
3749@value{GDBN} to ``get it right'' in all circumstances.}
3750
3751@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Pointers Are Not Always
3752Addresses}.
3753
c906108c 3754@item NO_HIF_SUPPORT
56caf160 3755@findex NO_HIF_SUPPORT
c906108c
SS
3756(Specific to the a29k.)
3757
93e79dbd 3758@item POINTER_TO_ADDRESS (@var{type}, @var{buf})
56caf160 3759@findex POINTER_TO_ADDRESS
93e79dbd
JB
3760Assume that @var{buf} holds a pointer of type @var{type}, in the
3761appropriate format for the current architecture. Return the byte
3762address the pointer refers to.
3763@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Pointers Are Not Always Addresses}.
3764
9fb4dd36 3765@item REGISTER_CONVERTIBLE (@var{reg})
56caf160 3766@findex REGISTER_CONVERTIBLE
9fb4dd36 3767Return non-zero if @var{reg} uses different raw and virtual formats.
13d01224
AC
3768@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}.
3769
3770@item REGISTER_TO_VALUE(@var{regnum}, @var{type}, @var{from}, @var{to})
3771@findex REGISTER_TO_VALUE
3772Convert the raw contents of register @var{regnum} into a value of type
3773@var{type}.
4281a42e 3774@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Using Different Register and Memory Data Representations}.
9fb4dd36 3775
12c266ea
AC
3776@item DEPRECATED_REGISTER_RAW_SIZE (@var{reg})
3777@findex DEPRECATED_REGISTER_RAW_SIZE
b2e75d78
AC
3778Return the raw size of @var{reg}; defaults to the size of the register's
3779virtual type.
13d01224 3780@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}.
9fb4dd36 3781
617073a9
AC
3782@item register_reggroup_p (@var{gdbarch}, @var{regnum}, @var{reggroup})
3783@findex register_reggroup_p
3784@cindex register groups
3785Return non-zero if register @var{regnum} is a member of the register
3786group @var{reggroup}.
3787
3788By default, registers are grouped as follows:
3789
3790@table @code
3791@item float_reggroup
3792Any register with a valid name and a floating-point type.
3793@item vector_reggroup
3794Any register with a valid name and a vector type.
3795@item general_reggroup
3796Any register with a valid name and a type other than vector or
3797floating-point. @samp{float_reggroup}.
3798@item save_reggroup
3799@itemx restore_reggroup
3800@itemx all_reggroup
3801Any register with a valid name.
3802@end table
3803
f30992d4
AC
3804@item DEPRECATED_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_SIZE (@var{reg})
3805@findex DEPRECATED_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_SIZE
b2e75d78
AC
3806Return the virtual size of @var{reg}; defaults to the size of the
3807register's virtual type.
13d01224
AC
3808Return the virtual size of @var{reg}.
3809@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}.
9fb4dd36 3810
2e092625 3811@item DEPRECATED_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_TYPE (@var{reg})
56caf160 3812@findex REGISTER_VIRTUAL_TYPE
9fb4dd36 3813Return the virtual type of @var{reg}.
13d01224 3814@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}.
9fb4dd36 3815
77e7e267
AC
3816@item struct type *register_type (@var{gdbarch}, @var{reg})
3817@findex register_type
3818If defined, return the type of register @var{reg}. This function
2e092625 3819superseeds @code{DEPRECATED_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_TYPE}. @xref{Target Architecture
77e7e267
AC
3820Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}.
3821
9fb4dd36 3822@item REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL(@var{reg}, @var{type}, @var{from}, @var{to})
56caf160 3823@findex REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL
9fb4dd36 3824Convert the value of register @var{reg} from its raw form to its virtual
4281a42e 3825form.
13d01224 3826@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}.
9fb4dd36
JB
3827
3828@item REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_RAW(@var{type}, @var{reg}, @var{from}, @var{to})
56caf160 3829@findex REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_RAW
9fb4dd36 3830Convert the value of register @var{reg} from its virtual form to its raw
4281a42e 3831form.
13d01224 3832@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}.
9fb4dd36 3833
0ab4b752
MK
3834@item const struct regset *regset_from_core_section (struct gdbarch * @var{gdbarch}, const char * @var{sect_name}, size_t @var{sect_size})
3835@findex regset_from_core_section
3836Return the appropriate register set for a core file section with name
3837@var{sect_name} and size @var{sect_size}.
3838
b0ed3589 3839@item SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP_P()
56caf160 3840@findex SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP_P
c906108c 3841Define this as 1 if the target does not have a hardware single-step
56caf160 3842mechanism. The macro @code{SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP} must also be defined.
c906108c 3843
56caf160
EZ
3844@item SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP(@var{signal}, @var{insert_breapoints_p})
3845@findex SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP
3846A function that inserts or removes (depending on
c906108c 3847@var{insert_breapoints_p}) breakpoints at each possible destinations of
56caf160 3848the next instruction. See @file{sparc-tdep.c} and @file{rs6000-tdep.c}
c906108c
SS
3849for examples.
3850
da59e081 3851@item SOFUN_ADDRESS_MAYBE_MISSING
56caf160 3852@findex SOFUN_ADDRESS_MAYBE_MISSING
da59e081
JM
3853Somebody clever observed that, the more actual addresses you have in the
3854debug information, the more time the linker has to spend relocating
3855them. So whenever there's some other way the debugger could find the
3856address it needs, you should omit it from the debug info, to make
3857linking faster.
3858
3859@code{SOFUN_ADDRESS_MAYBE_MISSING} indicates that a particular set of
3860hacks of this sort are in use, affecting @code{N_SO} and @code{N_FUN}
3861entries in stabs-format debugging information. @code{N_SO} stabs mark
3862the beginning and ending addresses of compilation units in the text
3863segment. @code{N_FUN} stabs mark the starts and ends of functions.
3864
3865@code{SOFUN_ADDRESS_MAYBE_MISSING} means two things:
da59e081 3866
56caf160 3867@itemize @bullet
da59e081
JM
3868@item
3869@code{N_FUN} stabs have an address of zero. Instead, you should find the
3870addresses where the function starts by taking the function name from
56caf160
EZ
3871the stab, and then looking that up in the minsyms (the
3872linker/assembler symbol table). In other words, the stab has the
3873name, and the linker/assembler symbol table is the only place that carries
da59e081
JM
3874the address.
3875
3876@item
3877@code{N_SO} stabs have an address of zero, too. You just look at the
3878@code{N_FUN} stabs that appear before and after the @code{N_SO} stab,
3879and guess the starting and ending addresses of the compilation unit from
3880them.
da59e081
JM
3881@end itemize
3882
c906108c 3883@item PC_LOAD_SEGMENT
56caf160 3884@findex PC_LOAD_SEGMENT
c906108c
SS
3885If defined, print information about the load segment for the program
3886counter. (Defined only for the RS/6000.)
3887
3888@item PC_REGNUM
56caf160 3889@findex PC_REGNUM
c906108c 3890If the program counter is kept in a register, then define this macro to
cce74817
JM
3891be the number (greater than or equal to zero) of that register.
3892
3893This should only need to be defined if @code{TARGET_READ_PC} and
3894@code{TARGET_WRITE_PC} are not defined.
c906108c 3895
2df3850c 3896@item PARM_BOUNDARY
56caf160 3897@findex PARM_BOUNDARY
2df3850c
JM
3898If non-zero, round arguments to a boundary of this many bits before
3899pushing them on the stack.
3900
a38c9fe6
MK
3901@item stabs_argument_has_addr (@var{gdbarch}, @var{type})
3902@findex stabs_argument_has_addr
3903@findex DEPRECATED_REG_STRUCT_HAS_ADDR
3904@anchor{stabs_argument_has_addr} Define this to return nonzero if a
3905function argument of type @var{type} is passed by reference instead of
3906value.
3907
ee206350
AG
3908This method replaces @code{DEPRECATED_REG_STRUCT_HAS_ADDR}
3909(@pxref{DEPRECATED_REG_STRUCT_HAS_ADDR}).
a38c9fe6 3910
c906108c 3911@item PROCESS_LINENUMBER_HOOK
56caf160 3912@findex PROCESS_LINENUMBER_HOOK
c906108c
SS
3913A hook defined for XCOFF reading.
3914
3915@item PROLOGUE_FIRSTLINE_OVERLAP
56caf160 3916@findex PROLOGUE_FIRSTLINE_OVERLAP
c906108c
SS
3917(Only used in unsupported Convex configuration.)
3918
3919@item PS_REGNUM
56caf160 3920@findex PS_REGNUM
c906108c
SS
3921If defined, this is the number of the processor status register. (This
3922definition is only used in generic code when parsing "$ps".)
3923
749b82f6
AC
3924@item DEPRECATED_POP_FRAME
3925@findex DEPRECATED_POP_FRAME
3926@findex frame_pop
3927If defined, used by @code{frame_pop} to remove a stack frame. This
3928method has been superseeded by generic code.
c906108c 3929
d4b6d575 3930@item push_dummy_call (@var{gdbarch}, @var{function}, @var{regcache}, @var{pc_addr}, @var{nargs}, @var{args}, @var{sp}, @var{struct_return}, @var{struct_addr})
b81774d8
AC
3931@findex push_dummy_call
3932@findex DEPRECATED_PUSH_ARGUMENTS.
39fe6e80
AC
3933@anchor{push_dummy_call} Define this to push the dummy frame's call to
3934the inferior function onto the stack. In addition to pushing
3935@var{nargs}, the code should push @var{struct_addr} (when
3936@var{struct_return}), and the return address (@var{bp_addr}).
c906108c 3937
86fe4aaa 3938@var{function} is a pointer to a @code{struct value}; on architectures that use
d4b6d575
RC
3939function descriptors, this contains the function descriptor value.
3940
b24da7d0 3941Returns the updated top-of-stack pointer.
b81774d8
AC
3942
3943This method replaces @code{DEPRECATED_PUSH_ARGUMENTS}.
3944
7043d8dc
AC
3945@item CORE_ADDR push_dummy_code (@var{gdbarch}, @var{sp}, @var{funaddr}, @var{using_gcc}, @var{args}, @var{nargs}, @var{value_type}, @var{real_pc}, @var{bp_addr})
3946@findex push_dummy_code
7043d8dc
AC
3947@anchor{push_dummy_code} Given a stack based call dummy, push the
3948instruction sequence (including space for a breakpoint) to which the
3949called function should return.
3950
3951Set @var{bp_addr} to the address at which the breakpoint instruction
3952should be inserted, @var{real_pc} to the resume address when starting
3953the call sequence, and return the updated inner-most stack address.
3954
3955By default, the stack is grown sufficient to hold a frame-aligned
3956(@pxref{frame_align}) breakpoint, @var{bp_addr} is set to the address
3957reserved for that breakpoint, and @var{real_pc} set to @var{funaddr}.
3958
434b87dd 3959This method replaces @code{CALL_DUMMY_LOCATION},
28954179 3960@code{DEPRECATED_REGISTER_SIZE}.
7043d8dc 3961
56caf160
EZ
3962@item REGISTER_NAME(@var{i})
3963@findex REGISTER_NAME
3964Return the name of register @var{i} as a string. May return @code{NULL}
3965or @code{NUL} to indicate that register @var{i} is not valid.
c906108c 3966
8e823e25
MK
3967@item DEPRECATED_REG_STRUCT_HAS_ADDR (@var{gcc_p}, @var{type})
3968@findex DEPRECATED_REG_STRUCT_HAS_ADDR
a38c9fe6
MK
3969@anchor{DEPRECATED_REG_STRUCT_HAS_ADDR}Define this to return 1 if the
3970given type will be passed by pointer rather than directly.
3971
3972This method has been replaced by @code{stabs_argument_has_addr}
3973(@pxref{stabs_argument_has_addr}).
c906108c 3974
b24da7d0
AC
3975@item SAVE_DUMMY_FRAME_TOS (@var{sp})
3976@findex SAVE_DUMMY_FRAME_TOS
3977@anchor{SAVE_DUMMY_FRAME_TOS} Used in @samp{call_function_by_hand} to
3978notify the target dependent code of the top-of-stack value that will be
3979passed to the the inferior code. This is the value of the @code{SP}
3980after both the dummy frame and space for parameters/results have been
3981allocated on the stack. @xref{unwind_dummy_id}.
43ff13b4 3982
c906108c 3983@item SDB_REG_TO_REGNUM
56caf160 3984@findex SDB_REG_TO_REGNUM
25822942 3985Define this to convert sdb register numbers into @value{GDBN} regnums. If not
c906108c
SS
3986defined, no conversion will be done.
3987
963e2bb7 3988@item enum return_value_convention gdbarch_return_value (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct type *@var{valtype}, struct regcache *@var{regcache}, void *@var{readbuf}, const void *@var{writebuf})
92ad9cd9
AC
3989@findex gdbarch_return_value
3990@anchor{gdbarch_return_value} Given a function with a return-value of
3991type @var{rettype}, return which return-value convention that function
3992would use.
3993
3994@value{GDBN} currently recognizes two function return-value conventions:
3995@code{RETURN_VALUE_REGISTER_CONVENTION} where the return value is found
3996in registers; and @code{RETURN_VALUE_STRUCT_CONVENTION} where the return
3997value is found in memory and the address of that memory location is
3998passed in as the function's first parameter.
3999
963e2bb7
AC
4000If the register convention is being used, and @var{writebuf} is
4001non-@code{NULL}, also copy the return-value in @var{writebuf} into
92ad9cd9
AC
4002@var{regcache}.
4003
963e2bb7 4004If the register convention is being used, and @var{readbuf} is
92ad9cd9 4005non-@code{NULL}, also copy the return value from @var{regcache} into
963e2bb7 4006@var{readbuf} (@var{regcache} contains a copy of the registers from the
92ad9cd9
AC
4007just returned function).
4008
74055713 4009@xref{DEPRECATED_EXTRACT_STRUCT_VALUE_ADDRESS}, for a description of how
92ad9cd9
AC
4010return-values that use the struct convention are handled.
4011
4012@emph{Maintainer note: This method replaces separate predicate, extract,
4013store methods. By having only one method, the logic needed to determine
4014the return-value convention need only be implemented in one place. If
4015@value{GDBN} were written in an @sc{oo} language, this method would
4016instead return an object that knew how to perform the register
4017return-value extract and store.}
4018
4019@emph{Maintainer note: This method does not take a @var{gcc_p}
4020parameter, and such a parameter should not be added. If an architecture
4021that requires per-compiler or per-function information be identified,
4022then the replacement of @var{rettype} with @code{struct value}
4023@var{function} should be persued.}
4024
4025@emph{Maintainer note: The @var{regcache} parameter limits this methods
4026to the inner most frame. While replacing @var{regcache} with a
4027@code{struct frame_info} @var{frame} parameter would remove that
4028limitation there has yet to be a demonstrated need for such a change.}
4029
c2c6d25f 4030@item SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT
56caf160 4031@findex SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT
25822942 4032Advance the inferior's PC past a permanent breakpoint. @value{GDBN} normally
c2c6d25f
JM
4033steps over a breakpoint by removing it, stepping one instruction, and
4034re-inserting the breakpoint. However, permanent breakpoints are
4035hardwired into the inferior, and can't be removed, so this strategy
56caf160 4036doesn't work. Calling @code{SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT} adjusts the processor's
c2c6d25f
JM
4037state so that execution will resume just after the breakpoint. This
4038macro does the right thing even when the breakpoint is in the delay slot
4039of a branch or jump.
4040
56caf160
EZ
4041@item SKIP_PROLOGUE (@var{pc})
4042@findex SKIP_PROLOGUE
b83266a0
SS
4043A C expression that returns the address of the ``real'' code beyond the
4044function entry prologue found at @var{pc}.
c906108c 4045
56caf160
EZ
4046@item SKIP_TRAMPOLINE_CODE (@var{pc})
4047@findex SKIP_TRAMPOLINE_CODE
c906108c
SS
4048If the target machine has trampoline code that sits between callers and
4049the functions being called, then define this macro to return a new PC
4050that is at the start of the real function.
4051
4052@item SP_REGNUM
56caf160 4053@findex SP_REGNUM
cce74817 4054If the stack-pointer is kept in a register, then define this macro to be
6c0e89ed
AC
4055the number (greater than or equal to zero) of that register, or -1 if
4056there is no such register.
c906108c
SS
4057
4058@item STAB_REG_TO_REGNUM
56caf160 4059@findex STAB_REG_TO_REGNUM
c906108c 4060Define this to convert stab register numbers (as gotten from `r'
25822942 4061declarations) into @value{GDBN} regnums. If not defined, no conversion will be
c906108c
SS
4062done.
4063
f27dd7fd
AC
4064@item DEPRECATED_STACK_ALIGN (@var{addr})
4065@anchor{DEPRECATED_STACK_ALIGN}
4066@findex DEPRECATED_STACK_ALIGN
790eb8f5
AC
4067Define this to increase @var{addr} so that it meets the alignment
4068requirements for the processor's stack.
4069
4070Unlike @ref{frame_align}, this function always adjusts @var{addr}
4071upwards.
4072
4073By default, no stack alignment is performed.
c906108c 4074
56caf160
EZ
4075@item STEP_SKIPS_DELAY (@var{addr})
4076@findex STEP_SKIPS_DELAY
c906108c
SS
4077Define this to return true if the address is of an instruction with a
4078delay slot. If a breakpoint has been placed in the instruction's delay
25822942 4079slot, @value{GDBN} will single-step over that instruction before resuming
c906108c
SS
4080normally. Currently only defined for the Mips.
4081
ebba8386 4082@item STORE_RETURN_VALUE (@var{type}, @var{regcache}, @var{valbuf})
56caf160 4083@findex STORE_RETURN_VALUE
ebba8386
AC
4084A C expression that writes the function return value, found in
4085@var{valbuf}, into the @var{regcache}. @var{type} is the type of the
4086value that is to be returned.
c906108c 4087
92ad9cd9
AC
4088This method has been deprecated in favour of @code{gdbarch_return_value}
4089(@pxref{gdbarch_return_value}).
4090
c906108c 4091@item SYMBOL_RELOADING_DEFAULT
56caf160
EZ
4092@findex SYMBOL_RELOADING_DEFAULT
4093The default value of the ``symbol-reloading'' variable. (Never defined in
c906108c
SS
4094current sources.)
4095
c906108c 4096@item TARGET_CHAR_BIT
56caf160 4097@findex TARGET_CHAR_BIT
c906108c
SS
4098Number of bits in a char; defaults to 8.
4099
c3d3ce5b
JB
4100@item TARGET_CHAR_SIGNED
4101@findex TARGET_CHAR_SIGNED
4102Non-zero if @code{char} is normally signed on this architecture; zero if
4103it should be unsigned.
4104
4105The ISO C standard requires the compiler to treat @code{char} as
4106equivalent to either @code{signed char} or @code{unsigned char}; any
4107character in the standard execution set is supposed to be positive.
4108Most compilers treat @code{char} as signed, but @code{char} is unsigned
4109on the IBM S/390, RS6000, and PowerPC targets.
4110
c906108c 4111@item TARGET_COMPLEX_BIT
56caf160 4112@findex TARGET_COMPLEX_BIT
c906108c
SS
4113Number of bits in a complex number; defaults to @code{2 * TARGET_FLOAT_BIT}.
4114
ac9a91a7
JM
4115At present this macro is not used.
4116
c906108c 4117@item TARGET_DOUBLE_BIT
56caf160 4118@findex TARGET_DOUBLE_BIT
c906108c
SS
4119Number of bits in a double float; defaults to @code{8 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}.
4120
4121@item TARGET_DOUBLE_COMPLEX_BIT
56caf160 4122@findex TARGET_DOUBLE_COMPLEX_BIT
c906108c
SS
4123Number of bits in a double complex; defaults to @code{2 * TARGET_DOUBLE_BIT}.
4124
ac9a91a7
JM
4125At present this macro is not used.
4126
c906108c 4127@item TARGET_FLOAT_BIT
56caf160 4128@findex TARGET_FLOAT_BIT
c906108c
SS
4129Number of bits in a float; defaults to @code{4 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}.
4130
4131@item TARGET_INT_BIT
56caf160 4132@findex TARGET_INT_BIT
c906108c
SS
4133Number of bits in an integer; defaults to @code{4 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}.
4134
4135@item TARGET_LONG_BIT
56caf160 4136@findex TARGET_LONG_BIT
c906108c
SS
4137Number of bits in a long integer; defaults to @code{4 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}.
4138
4139@item TARGET_LONG_DOUBLE_BIT
56caf160 4140@findex TARGET_LONG_DOUBLE_BIT
c906108c
SS
4141Number of bits in a long double float;
4142defaults to @code{2 * TARGET_DOUBLE_BIT}.
4143
4144@item TARGET_LONG_LONG_BIT
56caf160 4145@findex TARGET_LONG_LONG_BIT
c906108c
SS
4146Number of bits in a long long integer; defaults to @code{2 * TARGET_LONG_BIT}.
4147
4148@item TARGET_PTR_BIT
56caf160 4149@findex TARGET_PTR_BIT
c906108c
SS
4150Number of bits in a pointer; defaults to @code{TARGET_INT_BIT}.
4151
4152@item TARGET_SHORT_BIT
56caf160 4153@findex TARGET_SHORT_BIT
c906108c
SS
4154Number of bits in a short integer; defaults to @code{2 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}.
4155
4156@item TARGET_READ_PC
56caf160
EZ
4157@findex TARGET_READ_PC
4158@itemx TARGET_WRITE_PC (@var{val}, @var{pid})
4159@findex TARGET_WRITE_PC
0717ae8a 4160@anchor{TARGET_WRITE_PC}
56caf160
EZ
4161@itemx TARGET_READ_SP
4162@findex TARGET_READ_SP
56caf160
EZ
4163@itemx TARGET_READ_FP
4164@findex TARGET_READ_FP
56caf160
EZ
4165@findex read_pc
4166@findex write_pc
4167@findex read_sp
56caf160 4168@findex read_fp
a9e5fdc2 4169@anchor{TARGET_READ_SP} These change the behavior of @code{read_pc},
8d2c00cb 4170@code{write_pc}, and @code{read_sp}. For most targets, these may be
9c8dbfa9
AC
4171left undefined. @value{GDBN} will call the read and write register
4172functions with the relevant @code{_REGNUM} argument.
c906108c
SS
4173
4174These macros are useful when a target keeps one of these registers in a
4175hard to get at place; for example, part in a segment register and part
4176in an ordinary register.
4177
a9e5fdc2
AC
4178@xref{unwind_sp}, which replaces @code{TARGET_READ_SP}.
4179
56caf160
EZ
4180@item TARGET_VIRTUAL_FRAME_POINTER(@var{pc}, @var{regp}, @var{offsetp})
4181@findex TARGET_VIRTUAL_FRAME_POINTER
0ba6dca9
AC
4182Returns a @code{(register, offset)} pair representing the virtual frame
4183pointer in use at the code address @var{pc}. If virtual frame pointers
4184are not used, a default definition simply returns
4185@code{DEPRECATED_FP_REGNUM}, with an offset of zero.
c906108c 4186
9742079a
EZ
4187@item TARGET_HAS_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINTS
4188If non-zero, the target has support for hardware-assisted
4189watchpoints. @xref{Algorithms, watchpoints}, for more details and
4190other related macros.
4191
7ccaa899
EZ
4192@item TARGET_PRINT_INSN (@var{addr}, @var{info})
4193@findex TARGET_PRINT_INSN
4194This is the function used by @value{GDBN} to print an assembly
4195instruction. It prints the instruction at address @var{addr} in
4196debugged memory and returns the length of the instruction, in bytes. If
4197a target doesn't define its own printing routine, it defaults to an
d7a27068
AC
4198accessor function for the global pointer
4199@code{deprecated_tm_print_insn}. This usually points to a function in
4200the @code{opcodes} library (@pxref{Support Libraries, ,Opcodes}).
4201@var{info} is a structure (of type @code{disassemble_info}) defined in
4202@file{include/dis-asm.h} used to pass information to the instruction
4203decoding routine.
7ccaa899 4204
6314f104
AC
4205@item struct frame_id unwind_dummy_id (struct frame_info *@var{frame})
4206@findex unwind_dummy_id
4207@anchor{unwind_dummy_id} Given @var{frame} return a @code{struct
4208frame_id} that uniquely identifies an inferior function call's dummy
b24da7d0
AC
4209frame. The value returned must match the dummy frame stack value
4210previously saved using @code{SAVE_DUMMY_FRAME_TOS}.
4211@xref{SAVE_DUMMY_FRAME_TOS}.
6314f104 4212
b5622e8d
AC
4213@item DEPRECATED_USE_STRUCT_CONVENTION (@var{gcc_p}, @var{type})
4214@findex DEPRECATED_USE_STRUCT_CONVENTION
c906108c
SS
4215If defined, this must be an expression that is nonzero if a value of the
4216given @var{type} being returned from a function must have space
4217allocated for it on the stack. @var{gcc_p} is true if the function
4218being considered is known to have been compiled by GCC; this is helpful
4219for systems where GCC is known to use different calling convention than
4220other compilers.
4221
92ad9cd9
AC
4222This method has been deprecated in favour of @code{gdbarch_return_value}
4223(@pxref{gdbarch_return_value}).
4224
13d01224
AC
4225@item VALUE_TO_REGISTER(@var{type}, @var{regnum}, @var{from}, @var{to})
4226@findex VALUE_TO_REGISTER
4227Convert a value of type @var{type} into the raw contents of register
4228@var{regnum}'s.
4229@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Using Different Register and Memory Data Representations}.
4230
56caf160
EZ
4231@item VARIABLES_INSIDE_BLOCK (@var{desc}, @var{gcc_p})
4232@findex VARIABLES_INSIDE_BLOCK
c906108c
SS
4233For dbx-style debugging information, if the compiler puts variable
4234declarations inside LBRAC/RBRAC blocks, this should be defined to be
4235nonzero. @var{desc} is the value of @code{n_desc} from the
25822942 4236@code{N_RBRAC} symbol, and @var{gcc_p} is true if @value{GDBN} has noticed the
c906108c
SS
4237presence of either the @code{GCC_COMPILED_SYMBOL} or the
4238@code{GCC2_COMPILED_SYMBOL}. By default, this is 0.
4239
56caf160
EZ
4240@item OS9K_VARIABLES_INSIDE_BLOCK (@var{desc}, @var{gcc_p})
4241@findex OS9K_VARIABLES_INSIDE_BLOCK
c906108c 4242Similarly, for OS/9000. Defaults to 1.
c906108c
SS
4243@end table
4244
4245Motorola M68K target conditionals.
4246
56caf160 4247@ftable @code
c906108c
SS
4248@item BPT_VECTOR
4249Define this to be the 4-bit location of the breakpoint trap vector. If
4250not defined, it will default to @code{0xf}.
4251
4252@item REMOTE_BPT_VECTOR
4253Defaults to @code{1}.
a23a7bf1
JB
4254
4255@item NAME_OF_MALLOC
4256@findex NAME_OF_MALLOC
4257A string containing the name of the function to call in order to
4258allocate some memory in the inferior. The default value is "malloc".
4259
56caf160 4260@end ftable
c906108c
SS
4261
4262@section Adding a New Target
4263
56caf160 4264@cindex adding a target
af6c57ea 4265The following files add a target to @value{GDBN}:
c906108c
SS
4266
4267@table @file
56caf160 4268@vindex TDEPFILES
c906108c
SS
4269@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/@var{ttt}.mt
4270Contains a Makefile fragment specific to this target. Specifies what
4271object files are needed for target @var{ttt}, by defining
104c1213
JM
4272@samp{TDEPFILES=@dots{}} and @samp{TDEPLIBS=@dots{}}. Also specifies
4273the header file which describes @var{ttt}, by defining @samp{TM_FILE=
4274tm-@var{ttt}.h}.
4275
4276You can also define @samp{TM_CFLAGS}, @samp{TM_CLIBS}, @samp{TM_CDEPS},
4277but these are now deprecated, replaced by autoconf, and may go away in
25822942 4278future versions of @value{GDBN}.
c906108c 4279
c906108c
SS
4280@item gdb/@var{ttt}-tdep.c
4281Contains any miscellaneous code required for this target machine. On
4282some machines it doesn't exist at all. Sometimes the macros in
4283@file{tm-@var{ttt}.h} become very complicated, so they are implemented
4284as functions here instead, and the macro is simply defined to call the
4285function. This is vastly preferable, since it is easier to understand
4286and debug.
4287
af6c57ea
AC
4288@item gdb/@var{arch}-tdep.c
4289@itemx gdb/@var{arch}-tdep.h
4290This often exists to describe the basic layout of the target machine's
4291processor chip (registers, stack, etc.). If used, it is included by
4292@file{@var{ttt}-tdep.h}. It can be shared among many targets that use
4293the same processor.
4294
4295@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/tm-@var{ttt}.h
4296(@file{tm.h} is a link to this file, created by @code{configure}). Contains
4297macro definitions about the target machine's registers, stack frame
4298format and instructions.
4299
4300New targets do not need this file and should not create it.
4301
c906108c
SS
4302@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/tm-@var{arch}.h
4303This often exists to describe the basic layout of the target machine's
56caf160 4304processor chip (registers, stack, etc.). If used, it is included by
c906108c
SS
4305@file{tm-@var{ttt}.h}. It can be shared among many targets that use the
4306same processor.
4307
af6c57ea
AC
4308New targets do not need this file and should not create it.
4309
c906108c
SS
4310@end table
4311
4312If you are adding a new operating system for an existing CPU chip, add a
4313@file{config/tm-@var{os}.h} file that describes the operating system
4314facilities that are unusual (extra symbol table info; the breakpoint
56caf160 4315instruction needed; etc.). Then write a @file{@var{arch}/tm-@var{os}.h}
c906108c
SS
4316that just @code{#include}s @file{tm-@var{arch}.h} and
4317@file{config/tm-@var{os}.h}.
4318
4319
3352e23e
AC
4320@section Converting an existing Target Architecture to Multi-arch
4321@cindex converting targets to multi-arch
4322
4323This section describes the current accepted best practice for converting
4324an existing target architecture to the multi-arch framework.
4325
4326The process consists of generating, testing, posting and committing a
4327sequence of patches. Each patch must contain a single change, for
4328instance:
4329
4330@itemize @bullet
4331
4332@item
4333Directly convert a group of functions into macros (the conversion does
4334not change the behavior of any of the functions).
4335
4336@item
4337Replace a non-multi-arch with a multi-arch mechanism (e.g.,
4338@code{FRAME_INFO}).
4339
4340@item
4341Enable multi-arch level one.
4342
4343@item
4344Delete one or more files.
4345
4346@end itemize
4347
4348@noindent
4349There isn't a size limit on a patch, however, a developer is strongly
4350encouraged to keep the patch size down.
4351
4352Since each patch is well defined, and since each change has been tested
4353and shows no regressions, the patches are considered @emph{fairly}
4354obvious. Such patches, when submitted by developers listed in the
4355@file{MAINTAINERS} file, do not need approval. Occasional steps in the
4356process may be more complicated and less clear. The developer is
4357expected to use their judgment and is encouraged to seek advice as
4358needed.
4359
4360@subsection Preparation
4361
4362The first step is to establish control. Build (with @option{-Werror}
4363enabled) and test the target so that there is a baseline against which
4364the debugger can be compared.
4365
4366At no stage can the test results regress or @value{GDBN} stop compiling
4367with @option{-Werror}.
4368
4369@subsection Add the multi-arch initialization code
4370
4371The objective of this step is to establish the basic multi-arch
4372framework. It involves
4373
4374@itemize @bullet
4375
4376@item
4377The addition of a @code{@var{arch}_gdbarch_init} function@footnote{The
4378above is from the original example and uses K&R C. @value{GDBN}
4379has since converted to ISO C but lets ignore that.} that creates
4380the architecture:
4381@smallexample
4382static struct gdbarch *
4383d10v_gdbarch_init (info, arches)
4384 struct gdbarch_info info;
4385 struct gdbarch_list *arches;
4386@{
4387 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
4388 /* there is only one d10v architecture */
4389 if (arches != NULL)
4390 return arches->gdbarch;
4391 gdbarch = gdbarch_alloc (&info, NULL);
4392 return gdbarch;
4393@}
4394@end smallexample
4395@noindent
4396@emph{}
4397
4398@item
4399A per-architecture dump function to print any architecture specific
4400information:
4401@smallexample
4402static void
4403mips_dump_tdep (struct gdbarch *current_gdbarch,
4404 struct ui_file *file)
4405@{
4406 @dots{} code to print architecture specific info @dots{}
4407@}
4408@end smallexample
4409
4410@item
4411A change to @code{_initialize_@var{arch}_tdep} to register this new
4412architecture:
4413@smallexample
4414void
4415_initialize_mips_tdep (void)
4416@{
4417 gdbarch_register (bfd_arch_mips, mips_gdbarch_init,
4418 mips_dump_tdep);
4419@end smallexample
4420
4421@item
4422Add the macro @code{GDB_MULTI_ARCH}, defined as 0 (zero), to the file@*
4423@file{config/@var{arch}/tm-@var{arch}.h}.
4424
4425@end itemize
4426
4427@subsection Update multi-arch incompatible mechanisms
4428
4429Some mechanisms do not work with multi-arch. They include:
4430
4431@table @code
3352e23e 4432@item FRAME_FIND_SAVED_REGS
f30ee0bc 4433Replaced with @code{DEPRECATED_FRAME_INIT_SAVED_REGS}
3352e23e
AC
4434@end table
4435
4436@noindent
4437At this stage you could also consider converting the macros into
4438functions.
4439
4440@subsection Prepare for multi-arch level to one
4441
4442Temporally set @code{GDB_MULTI_ARCH} to @code{GDB_MULTI_ARCH_PARTIAL}
4443and then build and start @value{GDBN} (the change should not be
4444committed). @value{GDBN} may not build, and once built, it may die with
4445an internal error listing the architecture methods that must be
4446provided.
4447
4448Fix any build problems (patch(es)).
4449
4450Convert all the architecture methods listed, which are only macros, into
4451functions (patch(es)).
4452
4453Update @code{@var{arch}_gdbarch_init} to set all the missing
4454architecture methods and wrap the corresponding macros in @code{#if
4455!GDB_MULTI_ARCH} (patch(es)).
4456
4457@subsection Set multi-arch level one
4458
4459Change the value of @code{GDB_MULTI_ARCH} to GDB_MULTI_ARCH_PARTIAL (a
4460single patch).
4461
4462Any problems with throwing ``the switch'' should have been fixed
4463already.
4464
4465@subsection Convert remaining macros
4466
4467Suggest converting macros into functions (and setting the corresponding
4468architecture method) in small batches.
4469
4470@subsection Set multi-arch level to two
4471
4472This should go smoothly.
4473
4474@subsection Delete the TM file
4475
4476The @file{tm-@var{arch}.h} can be deleted. @file{@var{arch}.mt} and
4477@file{configure.in} updated.
4478
4479
c906108c
SS
4480@node Target Vector Definition
4481
4482@chapter Target Vector Definition
56caf160 4483@cindex target vector
c906108c 4484
56caf160
EZ
4485The target vector defines the interface between @value{GDBN}'s
4486abstract handling of target systems, and the nitty-gritty code that
4487actually exercises control over a process or a serial port.
4488@value{GDBN} includes some 30-40 different target vectors; however,
4489each configuration of @value{GDBN} includes only a few of them.
c906108c 4490
52bb452f
DJ
4491@menu
4492* Managing Execution State::
4493* Existing Targets::
4494@end menu
4495
4496@node Managing Execution State
4497@section Managing Execution State
4498@cindex execution state
4499
4500A target vector can be completely inactive (not pushed on the target
4501stack), active but not running (pushed, but not connected to a fully
4502manifested inferior), or completely active (pushed, with an accessible
4503inferior). Most targets are only completely inactive or completely
4504active, but some support persistant connections to a target even
4505when the target has exited or not yet started.
4506
4507For example, connecting to the simulator using @code{target sim} does
4508not create a running program. Neither registers nor memory are
4509accessible until @code{run}. Similarly, after @code{kill}, the
4510program can not continue executing. But in both cases @value{GDBN}
4511remains connected to the simulator, and target-specific commands
4512are directed to the simulator.
4513
4514A target which only supports complete activation should push itself
4515onto the stack in its @code{to_open} routine (by calling
4516@code{push_target}), and unpush itself from the stack in its
4517@code{to_mourn_inferior} routine (by calling @code{unpush_target}).
4518
4519A target which supports both partial and complete activation should
4520still call @code{push_target} in @code{to_open}, but not call
4521@code{unpush_target} in @code{to_mourn_inferior}. Instead, it should
4522call either @code{target_mark_running} or @code{target_mark_exited}
4523in its @code{to_open}, depending on whether the target is fully active
4524after connection. It should also call @code{target_mark_running} any
4525time the inferior becomes fully active (e.g.@: in
4526@code{to_create_inferior} and @code{to_attach}), and
4527@code{target_mark_exited} when the inferior becomes inactive (in
4528@code{to_mourn_inferior}). The target should also make sure to call
4529@code{target_mourn_inferior} from its @code{to_kill}, to return the
4530target to inactive state.
4531
4532@node Existing Targets
4533@section Existing Targets
4534@cindex targets
4535
4536@subsection File Targets
c906108c
SS
4537
4538Both executables and core files have target vectors.
4539
52bb452f 4540@subsection Standard Protocol and Remote Stubs
c906108c 4541
56caf160
EZ
4542@value{GDBN}'s file @file{remote.c} talks a serial protocol to code
4543that runs in the target system. @value{GDBN} provides several sample
4544@dfn{stubs} that can be integrated into target programs or operating
4545systems for this purpose; they are named @file{*-stub.c}.
c906108c 4546
56caf160
EZ
4547The @value{GDBN} user's manual describes how to put such a stub into
4548your target code. What follows is a discussion of integrating the
4549SPARC stub into a complicated operating system (rather than a simple
4550program), by Stu Grossman, the author of this stub.
c906108c
SS
4551
4552The trap handling code in the stub assumes the following upon entry to
56caf160 4553@code{trap_low}:
c906108c
SS
4554
4555@enumerate
56caf160
EZ
4556@item
4557%l1 and %l2 contain pc and npc respectively at the time of the trap;
c906108c 4558
56caf160
EZ
4559@item
4560traps are disabled;
c906108c 4561
56caf160
EZ
4562@item
4563you are in the correct trap window.
c906108c
SS
4564@end enumerate
4565
4566As long as your trap handler can guarantee those conditions, then there
56caf160 4567is no reason why you shouldn't be able to ``share'' traps with the stub.
c906108c
SS
4568The stub has no requirement that it be jumped to directly from the
4569hardware trap vector. That is why it calls @code{exceptionHandler()},
4570which is provided by the external environment. For instance, this could
56caf160 4571set up the hardware traps to actually execute code which calls the stub
c906108c
SS
4572first, and then transfers to its own trap handler.
4573
4574For the most point, there probably won't be much of an issue with
56caf160 4575``sharing'' traps, as the traps we use are usually not used by the kernel,
c906108c
SS
4576and often indicate unrecoverable error conditions. Anyway, this is all
4577controlled by a table, and is trivial to modify. The most important
4578trap for us is for @code{ta 1}. Without that, we can't single step or
4579do breakpoints. Everything else is unnecessary for the proper operation
4580of the debugger/stub.
4581
4582From reading the stub, it's probably not obvious how breakpoints work.
25822942 4583They are simply done by deposit/examine operations from @value{GDBN}.
c906108c 4584
52bb452f 4585@subsection ROM Monitor Interface
c906108c 4586
52bb452f 4587@subsection Custom Protocols
c906108c 4588
52bb452f 4589@subsection Transport Layer
c906108c 4590
52bb452f 4591@subsection Builtin Simulator
c906108c
SS
4592
4593
4594@node Native Debugging
4595
4596@chapter Native Debugging
56caf160 4597@cindex native debugging
c906108c 4598
25822942 4599Several files control @value{GDBN}'s configuration for native support:
c906108c
SS
4600
4601@table @file
56caf160 4602@vindex NATDEPFILES
c906108c 4603@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/@var{xyz}.mh
7fd60527 4604Specifies Makefile fragments needed by a @emph{native} configuration on
c906108c
SS
4605machine @var{xyz}. In particular, this lists the required
4606native-dependent object files, by defining @samp{NATDEPFILES=@dots{}}.
4607Also specifies the header file which describes native support on
4608@var{xyz}, by defining @samp{NAT_FILE= nm-@var{xyz}.h}. You can also
4609define @samp{NAT_CFLAGS}, @samp{NAT_ADD_FILES}, @samp{NAT_CLIBS},
4610@samp{NAT_CDEPS}, etc.; see @file{Makefile.in}.
4611
7fd60527
AC
4612@emph{Maintainer's note: The @file{.mh} suffix is because this file
4613originally contained @file{Makefile} fragments for hosting @value{GDBN}
4614on machine @var{xyz}. While the file is no longer used for this
937f164b 4615purpose, the @file{.mh} suffix remains. Perhaps someone will
7fd60527
AC
4616eventually rename these fragments so that they have a @file{.mn}
4617suffix.}
4618
c906108c 4619@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/nm-@var{xyz}.h
56caf160 4620(@file{nm.h} is a link to this file, created by @code{configure}). Contains C
c906108c
SS
4621macro definitions describing the native system environment, such as
4622child process control and core file support.
4623
4624@item gdb/@var{xyz}-nat.c
4625Contains any miscellaneous C code required for this native support of
4626this machine. On some machines it doesn't exist at all.
c906108c
SS
4627@end table
4628
4629There are some ``generic'' versions of routines that can be used by
4630various systems. These can be customized in various ways by macros
4631defined in your @file{nm-@var{xyz}.h} file. If these routines work for
4632the @var{xyz} host, you can just include the generic file's name (with
4633@samp{.o}, not @samp{.c}) in @code{NATDEPFILES}.
4634
4635Otherwise, if your machine needs custom support routines, you will need
4636to write routines that perform the same functions as the generic file.
56caf160 4637Put them into @file{@var{xyz}-nat.c}, and put @file{@var{xyz}-nat.o}
c906108c
SS
4638into @code{NATDEPFILES}.
4639
4640@table @file
c906108c
SS
4641@item inftarg.c
4642This contains the @emph{target_ops vector} that supports Unix child
4643processes on systems which use ptrace and wait to control the child.
4644
4645@item procfs.c
4646This contains the @emph{target_ops vector} that supports Unix child
4647processes on systems which use /proc to control the child.
4648
4649@item fork-child.c
56caf160
EZ
4650This does the low-level grunge that uses Unix system calls to do a ``fork
4651and exec'' to start up a child process.
c906108c
SS
4652
4653@item infptrace.c
4654This is the low level interface to inferior processes for systems using
4655the Unix @code{ptrace} call in a vanilla way.
c906108c
SS
4656@end table
4657
4658@section Native core file Support
56caf160 4659@cindex native core files
c906108c
SS
4660
4661@table @file
56caf160 4662@findex fetch_core_registers
c906108c
SS
4663@item core-aout.c::fetch_core_registers()
4664Support for reading registers out of a core file. This routine calls
4665@code{register_addr()}, see below. Now that BFD is used to read core
4666files, virtually all machines should use @code{core-aout.c}, and should
4667just provide @code{fetch_core_registers} in @code{@var{xyz}-nat.c} (or
4668@code{REGISTER_U_ADDR} in @code{nm-@var{xyz}.h}).
4669
4670@item core-aout.c::register_addr()
4671If your @code{nm-@var{xyz}.h} file defines the macro
4672@code{REGISTER_U_ADDR(addr, blockend, regno)}, it should be defined to
25822942 4673set @code{addr} to the offset within the @samp{user} struct of @value{GDBN}
c906108c
SS
4674register number @code{regno}. @code{blockend} is the offset within the
4675``upage'' of @code{u.u_ar0}. If @code{REGISTER_U_ADDR} is defined,
4676@file{core-aout.c} will define the @code{register_addr()} function and
4677use the macro in it. If you do not define @code{REGISTER_U_ADDR}, but
4678you are using the standard @code{fetch_core_registers()}, you will need
4679to define your own version of @code{register_addr()}, put it into your
4680@code{@var{xyz}-nat.c} file, and be sure @code{@var{xyz}-nat.o} is in
4681the @code{NATDEPFILES} list. If you have your own
4682@code{fetch_core_registers()}, you may not need a separate
4683@code{register_addr()}. Many custom @code{fetch_core_registers()}
4684implementations simply locate the registers themselves.@refill
c906108c
SS
4685@end table
4686
25822942 4687When making @value{GDBN} run native on a new operating system, to make it
c906108c
SS
4688possible to debug core files, you will need to either write specific
4689code for parsing your OS's core files, or customize
4690@file{bfd/trad-core.c}. First, use whatever @code{#include} files your
4691machine uses to define the struct of registers that is accessible
4692(possibly in the u-area) in a core file (rather than
4693@file{machine/reg.h}), and an include file that defines whatever header
c1468174 4694exists on a core file (e.g., the u-area or a @code{struct core}). Then
56caf160 4695modify @code{trad_unix_core_file_p} to use these values to set up the
c906108c
SS
4696section information for the data segment, stack segment, any other
4697segments in the core file (perhaps shared library contents or control
4698information), ``registers'' segment, and if there are two discontiguous
c1468174 4699sets of registers (e.g., integer and float), the ``reg2'' segment. This
c906108c
SS
4700section information basically delimits areas in the core file in a
4701standard way, which the section-reading routines in BFD know how to seek
4702around in.
4703
25822942 4704Then back in @value{GDBN}, you need a matching routine called
56caf160 4705@code{fetch_core_registers}. If you can use the generic one, it's in
c906108c
SS
4706@file{core-aout.c}; if not, it's in your @file{@var{xyz}-nat.c} file.
4707It will be passed a char pointer to the entire ``registers'' segment,
4708its length, and a zero; or a char pointer to the entire ``regs2''
4709segment, its length, and a 2. The routine should suck out the supplied
25822942 4710register values and install them into @value{GDBN}'s ``registers'' array.
c906108c
SS
4711
4712If your system uses @file{/proc} to control processes, and uses ELF
4713format core files, then you may be able to use the same routines for
4714reading the registers out of processes and out of core files.
4715
4716@section ptrace
4717
4718@section /proc
4719
4720@section win32
4721
4722@section shared libraries
4723
4724@section Native Conditionals
56caf160 4725@cindex native conditionals
c906108c 4726
56caf160
EZ
4727When @value{GDBN} is configured and compiled, various macros are
4728defined or left undefined, to control compilation when the host and
4729target systems are the same. These macros should be defined (or left
4730undefined) in @file{nm-@var{system}.h}.
c906108c 4731
1f6d4158
AC
4732@table @code
4733
c906108c 4734@item CHILD_PREPARE_TO_STORE
56caf160 4735@findex CHILD_PREPARE_TO_STORE
c906108c
SS
4736If the machine stores all registers at once in the child process, then
4737define this to ensure that all values are correct. This usually entails
4738a read from the child.
4739
4740[Note that this is incorrectly defined in @file{xm-@var{system}.h} files
4741currently.]
4742
4743@item FETCH_INFERIOR_REGISTERS
56caf160 4744@findex FETCH_INFERIOR_REGISTERS
c906108c
SS
4745Define this if the native-dependent code will provide its own routines
4746@code{fetch_inferior_registers} and @code{store_inferior_registers} in
56caf160 4747@file{@var{host}-nat.c}. If this symbol is @emph{not} defined, and
c906108c
SS
4748@file{infptrace.c} is included in this configuration, the default
4749routines in @file{infptrace.c} are used for these functions.
4750
c906108c 4751@item FP0_REGNUM
56caf160 4752@findex FP0_REGNUM
c906108c
SS
4753This macro is normally defined to be the number of the first floating
4754point register, if the machine has such registers. As such, it would
56caf160 4755appear only in target-specific code. However, @file{/proc} support uses this
c906108c
SS
4756to decide whether floats are in use on this target.
4757
4758@item GET_LONGJMP_TARGET
56caf160 4759@findex GET_LONGJMP_TARGET
c906108c
SS
4760For most machines, this is a target-dependent parameter. On the
4761DECstation and the Iris, this is a native-dependent parameter, since
56caf160 4762@file{setjmp.h} is needed to define it.
c906108c 4763
56caf160 4764This macro determines the target PC address that @code{longjmp} will jump to,
c906108c 4765assuming that we have just stopped at a longjmp breakpoint. It takes a
56caf160 4766@code{CORE_ADDR *} as argument, and stores the target PC value through this
c906108c
SS
4767pointer. It examines the current state of the machine as needed.
4768
9742079a
EZ
4769@item I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS
4770An x86-based machine can define this to use the generic x86 watchpoint
4771support; see @ref{Algorithms, I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS}.
4772
c906108c 4773@item KERNEL_U_ADDR
56caf160 4774@findex KERNEL_U_ADDR
c906108c 4775Define this to the address of the @code{u} structure (the ``user
25822942 4776struct'', also known as the ``u-page'') in kernel virtual memory. @value{GDBN}
c906108c
SS
4777needs to know this so that it can subtract this address from absolute
4778addresses in the upage, that are obtained via ptrace or from core files.
4779On systems that don't need this value, set it to zero.
4780
c906108c 4781@item KERNEL_U_ADDR_HPUX
56caf160 4782@findex KERNEL_U_ADDR_HPUX
25822942 4783Define this to cause @value{GDBN} to determine the address of @code{u} at
c906108c
SS
4784runtime, by using HP-style @code{nlist} on the kernel's image in the
4785root directory.
4786
4787@item ONE_PROCESS_WRITETEXT
56caf160 4788@findex ONE_PROCESS_WRITETEXT
c906108c
SS
4789Define this to be able to, when a breakpoint insertion fails, warn the
4790user that another process may be running with the same executable.
4791
4792@item PROC_NAME_FMT
56caf160 4793@findex PROC_NAME_FMT
c906108c
SS
4794Defines the format for the name of a @file{/proc} device. Should be
4795defined in @file{nm.h} @emph{only} in order to override the default
4796definition in @file{procfs.c}.
4797
c906108c 4798@item PTRACE_ARG3_TYPE
56caf160 4799@findex PTRACE_ARG3_TYPE
c906108c
SS
4800The type of the third argument to the @code{ptrace} system call, if it
4801exists and is different from @code{int}.
4802
4803@item REGISTER_U_ADDR
56caf160 4804@findex REGISTER_U_ADDR
c906108c
SS
4805Defines the offset of the registers in the ``u area''.
4806
4807@item SHELL_COMMAND_CONCAT
56caf160 4808@findex SHELL_COMMAND_CONCAT
c906108c
SS
4809If defined, is a string to prefix on the shell command used to start the
4810inferior.
4811
4812@item SHELL_FILE
56caf160 4813@findex SHELL_FILE
c906108c
SS
4814If defined, this is the name of the shell to use to run the inferior.
4815Defaults to @code{"/bin/sh"}.
4816
990f9fe3 4817@item SOLIB_ADD (@var{filename}, @var{from_tty}, @var{targ}, @var{readsyms})
56caf160 4818@findex SOLIB_ADD
c906108c 4819Define this to expand into an expression that will cause the symbols in
990f9fe3
FF
4820@var{filename} to be added to @value{GDBN}'s symbol table. If
4821@var{readsyms} is zero symbols are not read but any necessary low level
4822processing for @var{filename} is still done.
c906108c
SS
4823
4824@item SOLIB_CREATE_INFERIOR_HOOK
56caf160 4825@findex SOLIB_CREATE_INFERIOR_HOOK
c906108c
SS
4826Define this to expand into any shared-library-relocation code that you
4827want to be run just after the child process has been forked.
4828
4829@item START_INFERIOR_TRAPS_EXPECTED
56caf160
EZ
4830@findex START_INFERIOR_TRAPS_EXPECTED
4831When starting an inferior, @value{GDBN} normally expects to trap
4832twice; once when
c906108c
SS
4833the shell execs, and once when the program itself execs. If the actual
4834number of traps is something other than 2, then define this macro to
4835expand into the number expected.
4836
c906108c 4837@item USE_PROC_FS
56caf160 4838@findex USE_PROC_FS
c906108c 4839This determines whether small routines in @file{*-tdep.c}, which
56caf160
EZ
4840translate register values between @value{GDBN}'s internal
4841representation and the @file{/proc} representation, are compiled.
c906108c
SS
4842
4843@item U_REGS_OFFSET
56caf160 4844@findex U_REGS_OFFSET
c906108c
SS
4845This is the offset of the registers in the upage. It need only be
4846defined if the generic ptrace register access routines in
4847@file{infptrace.c} are being used (that is, @file{infptrace.c} is
4848configured in, and @code{FETCH_INFERIOR_REGISTERS} is not defined). If
4849the default value from @file{infptrace.c} is good enough, leave it
4850undefined.
4851
4852The default value means that u.u_ar0 @emph{points to} the location of
4853the registers. I'm guessing that @code{#define U_REGS_OFFSET 0} means
56caf160 4854that @code{u.u_ar0} @emph{is} the location of the registers.
c906108c
SS
4855
4856@item CLEAR_SOLIB
56caf160
EZ
4857@findex CLEAR_SOLIB
4858See @file{objfiles.c}.
c906108c
SS
4859
4860@item DEBUG_PTRACE
56caf160
EZ
4861@findex DEBUG_PTRACE
4862Define this to debug @code{ptrace} calls.
c906108c
SS
4863@end table
4864
4865
4866@node Support Libraries
4867
4868@chapter Support Libraries
4869
4870@section BFD
56caf160 4871@cindex BFD library
c906108c 4872
25822942 4873BFD provides support for @value{GDBN} in several ways:
c906108c
SS
4874
4875@table @emph
c906108c
SS
4876@item identifying executable and core files
4877BFD will identify a variety of file types, including a.out, coff, and
4878several variants thereof, as well as several kinds of core files.
4879
4880@item access to sections of files
4881BFD parses the file headers to determine the names, virtual addresses,
4882sizes, and file locations of all the various named sections in files
56caf160
EZ
4883(such as the text section or the data section). @value{GDBN} simply
4884calls BFD to read or write section @var{x} at byte offset @var{y} for
4885length @var{z}.
c906108c
SS
4886
4887@item specialized core file support
4888BFD provides routines to determine the failing command name stored in a
4889core file, the signal with which the program failed, and whether a core
56caf160 4890file matches (i.e.@: could be a core dump of) a particular executable
c906108c
SS
4891file.
4892
4893@item locating the symbol information
25822942
DB
4894@value{GDBN} uses an internal interface of BFD to determine where to find the
4895symbol information in an executable file or symbol-file. @value{GDBN} itself
c906108c 4896handles the reading of symbols, since BFD does not ``understand'' debug
25822942 4897symbols, but @value{GDBN} uses BFD's cached information to find the symbols,
c906108c 4898string table, etc.
c906108c
SS
4899@end table
4900
4901@section opcodes
56caf160 4902@cindex opcodes library
c906108c 4903
25822942 4904The opcodes library provides @value{GDBN}'s disassembler. (It's a separate
c906108c
SS
4905library because it's also used in binutils, for @file{objdump}).
4906
4907@section readline
4908
4909@section mmalloc
4910
4911@section libiberty
1eb288ea
EZ
4912@cindex @code{libiberty} library
4913
4914The @code{libiberty} library provides a set of functions and features
4915that integrate and improve on functionality found in modern operating
4916systems. Broadly speaking, such features can be divided into three
4917groups: supplemental functions (functions that may be missing in some
4918environments and operating systems), replacement functions (providing
4919a uniform and easier to use interface for commonly used standard
4920functions), and extensions (which provide additional functionality
4921beyond standard functions).
4922
4923@value{GDBN} uses various features provided by the @code{libiberty}
4924library, for instance the C@t{++} demangler, the @acronym{IEEE}
4925floating format support functions, the input options parser
4926@samp{getopt}, the @samp{obstack} extension, and other functions.
4927
4928@subsection @code{obstacks} in @value{GDBN}
4929@cindex @code{obstacks}
4930
4931The obstack mechanism provides a convenient way to allocate and free
4932chunks of memory. Each obstack is a pool of memory that is managed
4933like a stack. Objects (of any nature, size and alignment) are
4934allocated and freed in a @acronym{LIFO} fashion on an obstack (see
4935@code{libiberty}'s documenatation for a more detailed explanation of
4936@code{obstacks}).
4937
4938The most noticeable use of the @code{obstacks} in @value{GDBN} is in
4939object files. There is an obstack associated with each internal
4940representation of an object file. Lots of things get allocated on
4941these @code{obstacks}: dictionary entries, blocks, blockvectors,
4942symbols, minimal symbols, types, vectors of fundamental types, class
4943fields of types, object files section lists, object files section
4944offets lists, line tables, symbol tables, partial symbol tables,
4945string tables, symbol table private data, macros tables, debug
4946information sections and entries, import and export lists (som),
4947unwind information (hppa), dwarf2 location expressions data. Plus
4948various strings such as directory names strings, debug format strings,
4949names of types.
4950
4951An essential and convenient property of all data on @code{obstacks} is
4952that memory for it gets allocated (with @code{obstack_alloc}) at
4953various times during a debugging sesssion, but it is released all at
4954once using the @code{obstack_free} function. The @code{obstack_free}
4955function takes a pointer to where in the stack it must start the
4956deletion from (much like the cleanup chains have a pointer to where to
4957start the cleanups). Because of the stack like structure of the
4958@code{obstacks}, this allows to free only a top portion of the
4959obstack. There are a few instances in @value{GDBN} where such thing
4960happens. Calls to @code{obstack_free} are done after some local data
4961is allocated to the obstack. Only the local data is deleted from the
4962obstack. Of course this assumes that nothing between the
4963@code{obstack_alloc} and the @code{obstack_free} allocates anything
4964else on the same obstack. For this reason it is best and safest to
4965use temporary @code{obstacks}.
4966
4967Releasing the whole obstack is also not safe per se. It is safe only
4968under the condition that we know the @code{obstacks} memory is no
4969longer needed. In @value{GDBN} we get rid of the @code{obstacks} only
4970when we get rid of the whole objfile(s), for instance upon reading a
4971new symbol file.
c906108c
SS
4972
4973@section gnu-regex
56caf160 4974@cindex regular expressions library
c906108c
SS
4975
4976Regex conditionals.
4977
4978@table @code
c906108c
SS
4979@item C_ALLOCA
4980
4981@item NFAILURES
4982
4983@item RE_NREGS
4984
4985@item SIGN_EXTEND_CHAR
4986
4987@item SWITCH_ENUM_BUG
4988
4989@item SYNTAX_TABLE
4990
4991@item Sword
4992
4993@item sparc
c906108c
SS
4994@end table
4995
350da6ee
DJ
4996@section Array Containers
4997@cindex Array Containers
4998@cindex VEC
4999
5000Often it is necessary to manipulate a dynamic array of a set of
5001objects. C forces some bookkeeping on this, which can get cumbersome
5002and repetative. The @file{vec.h} file contains macros for defining
5003and using a typesafe vector type. The functions defined will be
5004inlined when compiling, and so the abstraction cost should be zero.
5005Domain checks are added to detect programming errors.
5006
5007An example use would be an array of symbols or section information.
5008The array can be grown as symbols are read in (or preallocated), and
5009the accessor macros provided keep care of all the necessary
5010bookkeeping. Because the arrays are type safe, there is no danger of
5011accidentally mixing up the contents. Think of these as C++ templates,
5012but implemented in C.
5013
5014Because of the different behavior of structure objects, scalar objects
5015and of pointers, there are three flavors of vector, one for each of
5016these variants. Both the structure object and pointer variants pass
5017pointers to objects around --- in the former case the pointers are
5018stored into the vector and in the latter case the pointers are
5019dereferenced and the objects copied into the vector. The scalar
5020object variant is suitable for @code{int}-like objects, and the vector
5021elements are returned by value.
5022
5023There are both @code{index} and @code{iterate} accessors. The iterator
5024returns a boolean iteration condition and updates the iteration
5025variable passed by reference. Because the iterator will be inlined,
5026the address-of can be optimized away.
5027
5028The vectors are implemented using the trailing array idiom, thus they
5029are not resizeable without changing the address of the vector object
5030itself. This means you cannot have variables or fields of vector type
5031--- always use a pointer to a vector. The one exception is the final
5032field of a structure, which could be a vector type. You will have to
5033use the @code{embedded_size} & @code{embedded_init} calls to create
5034such objects, and they will probably not be resizeable (so don't use
5035the @dfn{safe} allocation variants). The trailing array idiom is used
5036(rather than a pointer to an array of data), because, if we allow
5037@code{NULL} to also represent an empty vector, empty vectors occupy
5038minimal space in the structure containing them.
5039
5040Each operation that increases the number of active elements is
5041available in @dfn{quick} and @dfn{safe} variants. The former presumes
5042that there is sufficient allocated space for the operation to succeed
5043(it dies if there is not). The latter will reallocate the vector, if
5044needed. Reallocation causes an exponential increase in vector size.
5045If you know you will be adding N elements, it would be more efficient
5046to use the reserve operation before adding the elements with the
5047@dfn{quick} operation. This will ensure there are at least as many
5048elements as you ask for, it will exponentially increase if there are
5049too few spare slots. If you want reserve a specific number of slots,
5050but do not want the exponential increase (for instance, you know this
5051is the last allocation), use a negative number for reservation. You
5052can also create a vector of a specific size from the get go.
5053
5054You should prefer the push and pop operations, as they append and
5055remove from the end of the vector. If you need to remove several items
5056in one go, use the truncate operation. The insert and remove
5057operations allow you to change elements in the middle of the vector.
5058There are two remove operations, one which preserves the element
5059ordering @code{ordered_remove}, and one which does not
5060@code{unordered_remove}. The latter function copies the end element
5061into the removed slot, rather than invoke a memmove operation. The
5062@code{lower_bound} function will determine where to place an item in
5063the array using insert that will maintain sorted order.
5064
5065If you need to directly manipulate a vector, then the @code{address}
5066accessor will return the address of the start of the vector. Also the
5067@code{space} predicate will tell you whether there is spare capacity in the
5068vector. You will not normally need to use these two functions.
5069
5070Vector types are defined using a
5071@code{DEF_VEC_@{O,P,I@}(@var{typename})} macro. Variables of vector
5072type are declared using a @code{VEC(@var{typename})} macro. The
5073characters @code{O}, @code{P} and @code{I} indicate whether
5074@var{typename} is an object (@code{O}), pointer (@code{P}) or integral
5075(@code{I}) type. Be careful to pick the correct one, as you'll get an
5076awkward and inefficient API if you use the wrong one. There is a
5077check, which results in a compile-time warning, for the @code{P} and
5078@code{I} versions, but there is no check for the @code{O} versions, as
5079that is not possible in plain C.
5080
5081An example of their use would be,
5082
5083@smallexample
5084DEF_VEC_P(tree); // non-managed tree vector.
5085
5086struct my_struct @{
5087 VEC(tree) *v; // A (pointer to) a vector of tree pointers.
5088@};
5089
5090struct my_struct *s;
5091
5092if (VEC_length(tree, s->v)) @{ we have some contents @}
5093VEC_safe_push(tree, s->v, decl); // append some decl onto the end
5094for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate(tree, s->v, ix, elt); ix++)
5095 @{ do something with elt @}
5096
5097@end smallexample
5098
5099The @file{vec.h} file provides details on how to invoke the various
5100accessors provided. They are enumerated here:
5101
5102@table @code
5103@item VEC_length
5104Return the number of items in the array,
5105
5106@item VEC_empty
5107Return true if the array has no elements.
5108
5109@item VEC_last
5110@itemx VEC_index
5111Return the last or arbitrary item in the array.
5112
5113@item VEC_iterate
5114Access an array element and indicate whether the array has been
5115traversed.
5116
5117@item VEC_alloc
5118@itemx VEC_free
5119Create and destroy an array.
5120
5121@item VEC_embedded_size
5122@itemx VEC_embedded_init
5123Helpers for embedding an array as the final element of another struct.
5124
5125@item VEC_copy
5126Duplicate an array.
5127
5128@item VEC_space
5129Return the amount of free space in an array.
5130
5131@item VEC_reserve
5132Ensure a certain amount of free space.
5133
5134@item VEC_quick_push
5135@itemx VEC_safe_push
5136Append to an array, either assuming the space is available, or making
5137sure that it is.
5138
5139@item VEC_pop
5140Remove the last item from an array.
5141
5142@item VEC_truncate
5143Remove several items from the end of an array.
5144
5145@item VEC_safe_grow
5146Add several items to the end of an array.
5147
5148@item VEC_replace
5149Overwrite an item in the array.
5150
5151@item VEC_quick_insert
5152@itemx VEC_safe_insert
5153Insert an item into the middle of the array. Either the space must
5154already exist, or the space is created.
5155
5156@item VEC_ordered_remove
5157@itemx VEC_unordered_remove
5158Remove an item from the array, preserving order or not.
5159
5160@item VEC_block_remove
5161Remove a set of items from the array.
5162
5163@item VEC_address
5164Provide the address of the first element.
5165
5166@item VEC_lower_bound
5167Binary search the array.
5168
5169@end table
5170
c906108c
SS
5171@section include
5172
5173@node Coding
5174
5175@chapter Coding
5176
5177This chapter covers topics that are lower-level than the major
25822942 5178algorithms of @value{GDBN}.
c906108c
SS
5179
5180@section Cleanups
56caf160 5181@cindex cleanups
c906108c
SS
5182
5183Cleanups are a structured way to deal with things that need to be done
cc1cb004 5184later.
c906108c 5185
cc1cb004
AC
5186When your code does something (e.g., @code{xmalloc} some memory, or
5187@code{open} a file) that needs to be undone later (e.g., @code{xfree}
5188the memory or @code{close} the file), it can make a cleanup. The
5189cleanup will be done at some future point: when the command is finished
5190and control returns to the top level; when an error occurs and the stack
5191is unwound; or when your code decides it's time to explicitly perform
5192cleanups. Alternatively you can elect to discard the cleanups you
5193created.
c906108c
SS
5194
5195Syntax:
5196
5197@table @code
c906108c
SS
5198@item struct cleanup *@var{old_chain};
5199Declare a variable which will hold a cleanup chain handle.
5200
56caf160 5201@findex make_cleanup
c906108c
SS
5202@item @var{old_chain} = make_cleanup (@var{function}, @var{arg});
5203Make a cleanup which will cause @var{function} to be called with
5204@var{arg} (a @code{char *}) later. The result, @var{old_chain}, is a
cc1cb004
AC
5205handle that can later be passed to @code{do_cleanups} or
5206@code{discard_cleanups}. Unless you are going to call
5207@code{do_cleanups} or @code{discard_cleanups}, you can ignore the result
5208from @code{make_cleanup}.
c906108c 5209
56caf160 5210@findex do_cleanups
c906108c 5211@item do_cleanups (@var{old_chain});
cc1cb004
AC
5212Do all cleanups added to the chain since the corresponding
5213@code{make_cleanup} call was made.
5214
5215@findex discard_cleanups
5216@item discard_cleanups (@var{old_chain});
5217Same as @code{do_cleanups} except that it just removes the cleanups from
5218the chain and does not call the specified functions.
5219@end table
5220
5221Cleanups are implemented as a chain. The handle returned by
5222@code{make_cleanups} includes the cleanup passed to the call and any
5223later cleanups appended to the chain (but not yet discarded or
5224performed). E.g.:
56caf160 5225
474c8240 5226@smallexample
c906108c 5227make_cleanup (a, 0);
cc1cb004
AC
5228@{
5229 struct cleanup *old = make_cleanup (b, 0);
5230 make_cleanup (c, 0)
5231 ...
5232 do_cleanups (old);
5233@}
474c8240 5234@end smallexample
56caf160 5235
c906108c 5236@noindent
cc1cb004
AC
5237will call @code{c()} and @code{b()} but will not call @code{a()}. The
5238cleanup that calls @code{a()} will remain in the cleanup chain, and will
5239be done later unless otherwise discarded.@refill
5240
5241Your function should explicitly do or discard the cleanups it creates.
5242Failing to do this leads to non-deterministic behavior since the caller
5243will arbitrarily do or discard your functions cleanups. This need leads
5244to two common cleanup styles.
5245
5246The first style is try/finally. Before it exits, your code-block calls
5247@code{do_cleanups} with the old cleanup chain and thus ensures that your
5248code-block's cleanups are always performed. For instance, the following
5249code-segment avoids a memory leak problem (even when @code{error} is
5250called and a forced stack unwind occurs) by ensuring that the
5251@code{xfree} will always be called:
c906108c 5252
474c8240 5253@smallexample
cc1cb004
AC
5254struct cleanup *old = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
5255data = xmalloc (sizeof blah);
5256make_cleanup (xfree, data);
5257... blah blah ...
5258do_cleanups (old);
474c8240 5259@end smallexample
cc1cb004
AC
5260
5261The second style is try/except. Before it exits, your code-block calls
5262@code{discard_cleanups} with the old cleanup chain and thus ensures that
5263any created cleanups are not performed. For instance, the following
5264code segment, ensures that the file will be closed but only if there is
5265an error:
5266
474c8240 5267@smallexample
cc1cb004
AC
5268FILE *file = fopen ("afile", "r");
5269struct cleanup *old = make_cleanup (close_file, file);
5270... blah blah ...
5271discard_cleanups (old);
5272return file;
474c8240 5273@end smallexample
c906108c 5274
c1468174 5275Some functions, e.g., @code{fputs_filtered()} or @code{error()}, specify
c906108c
SS
5276that they ``should not be called when cleanups are not in place''. This
5277means that any actions you need to reverse in the case of an error or
5278interruption must be on the cleanup chain before you call these
5279functions, since they might never return to your code (they
5280@samp{longjmp} instead).
5281
ba8c9337
AC
5282@section Per-architecture module data
5283@cindex per-architecture module data
5284@cindex multi-arch data
5285@cindex data-pointer, per-architecture/per-module
5286
fc989b7a
AC
5287The multi-arch framework includes a mechanism for adding module
5288specific per-architecture data-pointers to the @code{struct gdbarch}
5289architecture object.
5290
5291A module registers one or more per-architecture data-pointers using:
5292
5293@deftypefun struct gdbarch_data *gdbarch_data_register_pre_init (gdbarch_data_pre_init_ftype *@var{pre_init})
5294@var{pre_init} is used to, on-demand, allocate an initial value for a
5295per-architecture data-pointer using the architecture's obstack (passed
5296in as a parameter). Since @var{pre_init} can be called during
5297architecture creation, it is not parameterized with the architecture.
5298and must not call modules that use per-architecture data.
5299@end deftypefun
ba8c9337 5300
fc989b7a
AC
5301@deftypefun struct gdbarch_data *gdbarch_data_register_post_init (gdbarch_data_post_init_ftype *@var{post_init})
5302@var{post_init} is used to obtain an initial value for a
5303per-architecture data-pointer @emph{after}. Since @var{post_init} is
5304always called after architecture creation, it both receives the fully
5305initialized architecture and is free to call modules that use
5306per-architecture data (care needs to be taken to ensure that those
5307other modules do not try to call back to this module as that will
5308create in cycles in the initialization call graph).
5309@end deftypefun
ba8c9337 5310
fc989b7a
AC
5311These functions return a @code{struct gdbarch_data} that is used to
5312identify the per-architecture data-pointer added for that module.
ba8c9337 5313
fc989b7a 5314The per-architecture data-pointer is accessed using the function:
ba8c9337 5315
fc989b7a
AC
5316@deftypefun void *gdbarch_data (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct gdbarch_data *@var{data_handle})
5317Given the architecture @var{arch} and module data handle
5318@var{data_handle} (returned by @code{gdbarch_data_register_pre_init}
5319or @code{gdbarch_data_register_post_init}), this function returns the
5320current value of the per-architecture data-pointer. If the data
5321pointer is @code{NULL}, it is first initialized by calling the
5322corresponding @var{pre_init} or @var{post_init} method.
ba8c9337
AC
5323@end deftypefun
5324
fc989b7a 5325The examples below assume the following definitions:
ba8c9337
AC
5326
5327@smallexample
e7f16015 5328struct nozel @{ int total; @};
ba8c9337 5329static struct gdbarch_data *nozel_handle;
ba8c9337
AC
5330@end smallexample
5331
fc989b7a
AC
5332A module can extend the architecture vector, adding additional
5333per-architecture data, using the @var{pre_init} method. The module's
5334per-architecture data is then initialized during architecture
5335creation.
ba8c9337 5336
fc989b7a
AC
5337In the below, the module's per-architecture @emph{nozel} is added. An
5338architecture can specify its nozel by calling @code{set_gdbarch_nozel}
5339from @code{gdbarch_init}.
ba8c9337
AC
5340
5341@smallexample
fc989b7a
AC
5342static void *
5343nozel_pre_init (struct obstack *obstack)
ba8c9337 5344@{
fc989b7a
AC
5345 struct nozel *data = OBSTACK_ZALLOC (obstack, struct nozel);
5346 return data;
5347@}
ba8c9337
AC
5348@end smallexample
5349
ba8c9337 5350@smallexample
fc989b7a
AC
5351extern void
5352set_gdbarch_nozel (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int total)
ba8c9337 5353@{
ba8c9337 5354 struct nozel *data = gdbarch_data (gdbarch, nozel_handle);
fc989b7a 5355 data->total = nozel;
ba8c9337
AC
5356@}
5357@end smallexample
5358
fc989b7a
AC
5359A module can on-demand create architecture dependant data structures
5360using @code{post_init}.
ba8c9337 5361
fc989b7a
AC
5362In the below, the nozel's total is computed on-demand by
5363@code{nozel_post_init} using information obtained from the
5364architecture.
ba8c9337
AC
5365
5366@smallexample
fc989b7a
AC
5367static void *
5368nozel_post_init (struct gdbarch *gdbarch)
ba8c9337 5369@{
fc989b7a
AC
5370 struct nozel *data = GDBARCH_OBSTACK_ZALLOC (gdbarch, struct nozel);
5371 nozel->total = gdbarch@dots{} (gdbarch);
5372 return data;
ba8c9337
AC
5373@}
5374@end smallexample
5375
5376@smallexample
fc989b7a
AC
5377extern int
5378nozel_total (struct gdbarch *gdbarch)
ba8c9337 5379@{
fc989b7a
AC
5380 struct nozel *data = gdbarch_data (gdbarch, nozel_handle);
5381 return data->total;
ba8c9337
AC
5382@}
5383@end smallexample
5384
c906108c 5385@section Wrapping Output Lines
56caf160 5386@cindex line wrap in output
c906108c 5387
56caf160 5388@findex wrap_here
c906108c
SS
5389Output that goes through @code{printf_filtered} or @code{fputs_filtered}
5390or @code{fputs_demangled} needs only to have calls to @code{wrap_here}
5391added in places that would be good breaking points. The utility
5392routines will take care of actually wrapping if the line width is
5393exceeded.
5394
5395The argument to @code{wrap_here} is an indentation string which is
5396printed @emph{only} if the line breaks there. This argument is saved
5397away and used later. It must remain valid until the next call to
5398@code{wrap_here} or until a newline has been printed through the
5399@code{*_filtered} functions. Don't pass in a local variable and then
5400return!
5401
56caf160 5402It is usually best to call @code{wrap_here} after printing a comma or
c906108c
SS
5403space. If you call it before printing a space, make sure that your
5404indentation properly accounts for the leading space that will print if
5405the line wraps there.
5406
5407Any function or set of functions that produce filtered output must
5408finish by printing a newline, to flush the wrap buffer, before switching
56caf160 5409to unfiltered (@code{printf}) output. Symbol reading routines that
c906108c
SS
5410print warnings are a good example.
5411
25822942 5412@section @value{GDBN} Coding Standards
56caf160 5413@cindex coding standards
c906108c 5414
25822942 5415@value{GDBN} follows the GNU coding standards, as described in
c906108c 5416@file{etc/standards.texi}. This file is also available for anonymous
af6c57ea
AC
5417FTP from GNU archive sites. @value{GDBN} takes a strict interpretation
5418of the standard; in general, when the GNU standard recommends a practice
5419but does not require it, @value{GDBN} requires it.
c906108c 5420
56caf160
EZ
5421@value{GDBN} follows an additional set of coding standards specific to
5422@value{GDBN}, as described in the following sections.
c906108c 5423
af6c57ea 5424
b9aa90c9 5425@subsection ISO C
af6c57ea 5426
b9aa90c9
AC
5427@value{GDBN} assumes an ISO/IEC 9899:1990 (a.k.a.@: ISO C90) compliant
5428compiler.
af6c57ea 5429
b9aa90c9 5430@value{GDBN} does not assume an ISO C or POSIX compliant C library.
af6c57ea
AC
5431
5432
5433@subsection Memory Management
5434
5435@value{GDBN} does not use the functions @code{malloc}, @code{realloc},
5436@code{calloc}, @code{free} and @code{asprintf}.
5437
5438@value{GDBN} uses the functions @code{xmalloc}, @code{xrealloc} and
5439@code{xcalloc} when allocating memory. Unlike @code{malloc} et.al.@:
5440these functions do not return when the memory pool is empty. Instead,
5441they unwind the stack using cleanups. These functions return
5442@code{NULL} when requested to allocate a chunk of memory of size zero.
5443
5444@emph{Pragmatics: By using these functions, the need to check every
5445memory allocation is removed. These functions provide portable
5446behavior.}
5447
5448@value{GDBN} does not use the function @code{free}.
5449
5450@value{GDBN} uses the function @code{xfree} to return memory to the
5451memory pool. Consistent with ISO-C, this function ignores a request to
5452free a @code{NULL} pointer.
5453
5454@emph{Pragmatics: On some systems @code{free} fails when passed a
5455@code{NULL} pointer.}
5456
5457@value{GDBN} can use the non-portable function @code{alloca} for the
5458allocation of small temporary values (such as strings).
5459
5460@emph{Pragmatics: This function is very non-portable. Some systems
5461restrict the memory being allocated to no more than a few kilobytes.}
5462
5463@value{GDBN} uses the string function @code{xstrdup} and the print
b435e160 5464function @code{xstrprintf}.
af6c57ea
AC
5465
5466@emph{Pragmatics: @code{asprintf} and @code{strdup} can fail. Print
5467functions such as @code{sprintf} are very prone to buffer overflow
5468errors.}
5469
5470
5471@subsection Compiler Warnings
56caf160 5472@cindex compiler warnings
af6c57ea
AC
5473
5474With few exceptions, developers should include the configuration option
5475@samp{--enable-gdb-build-warnings=,-Werror} when building @value{GDBN}.
5476The exceptions are listed in the file @file{gdb/MAINTAINERS}.
5477
5478This option causes @value{GDBN} (when built using GCC) to be compiled
5479with a carefully selected list of compiler warning flags. Any warnings
5480from those flags being treated as errors.
5481
5482The current list of warning flags includes:
5483
5484@table @samp
5485@item -Wimplicit
5486Since @value{GDBN} coding standard requires all functions to be declared
5487using a prototype, the flag has the side effect of ensuring that
5488prototyped functions are always visible with out resorting to
5489@samp{-Wstrict-prototypes}.
5490
5491@item -Wreturn-type
5492Such code often appears to work except on instruction set architectures
5493that use register windows.
5494
5495@item -Wcomment
5496
5497@item -Wtrigraphs
5498
5499@item -Wformat
153721e6 5500@itemx -Wformat-nonliteral
af6c57ea 5501Since @value{GDBN} uses the @code{format printf} attribute on all
153721e6 5502@code{printf} like functions these check not just @code{printf} calls
af6c57ea
AC
5503but also calls to functions such as @code{fprintf_unfiltered}.
5504
5505@item -Wparentheses
5506This warning includes uses of the assignment operator within an
5507@code{if} statement.
5508
5509@item -Wpointer-arith
5510
5511@item -Wuninitialized
0f0cffd2
AC
5512
5513@item -Wunused-label
5514This warning has the additional benefit of detecting the absence of the
5515@code{case} reserved word in a switch statement:
5516@smallexample
5517enum @{ FD_SCHEDULED, NOTHING_SCHEDULED @} sched;
5518@dots{}
5519switch (sched)
5520 @{
5521 case FD_SCHEDULED:
5522 @dots{};
5523 break;
5524 NOTHING_SCHEDULED:
5525 @dots{};
5526 break;
5527 @}
5528@end smallexample
c9830293
AC
5529
5530@item -Wunused-function
7be93b9e
JB
5531
5532@item -Wno-pointer-sign
5533In version 4.0, GCC began warning about pointer argument passing or
5534assignment even when the source and destination differed only in
5535signedness. However, most @value{GDBN} code doesn't distinguish
5536carefully between @code{char} and @code{unsigned char}. In early 2006
5537the @value{GDBN} developers decided correcting these warnings wasn't
5538worth the time it would take.
5539
af6c57ea
AC
5540@end table
5541
5542@emph{Pragmatics: Due to the way that @value{GDBN} is implemented most
5543functions have unused parameters. Consequently the warning
5544@samp{-Wunused-parameter} is precluded from the list. The macro
5545@code{ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED} is not used as it leads to false negatives ---
5546it is not an error to have @code{ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED} on a parameter that
5547is being used. The options @samp{-Wall} and @samp{-Wunused} are also
5548precluded because they both include @samp{-Wunused-parameter}.}
5549
5550@emph{Pragmatics: @value{GDBN} has not simply accepted the warnings
5551enabled by @samp{-Wall -Werror -W...}. Instead it is selecting warnings
5552when and where their benefits can be demonstrated.}
c906108c
SS
5553
5554@subsection Formatting
5555
56caf160 5556@cindex source code formatting
c906108c
SS
5557The standard GNU recommendations for formatting must be followed
5558strictly.
5559
af6c57ea
AC
5560A function declaration should not have its name in column zero. A
5561function definition should have its name in column zero.
5562
474c8240 5563@smallexample
af6c57ea
AC
5564/* Declaration */
5565static void foo (void);
5566/* Definition */
5567void
5568foo (void)
5569@{
5570@}
474c8240 5571@end smallexample
af6c57ea
AC
5572
5573@emph{Pragmatics: This simplifies scripting. Function definitions can
5574be found using @samp{^function-name}.}
c906108c 5575
af6c57ea
AC
5576There must be a space between a function or macro name and the opening
5577parenthesis of its argument list (except for macro definitions, as
5578required by C). There must not be a space after an open paren/bracket
5579or before a close paren/bracket.
c906108c
SS
5580
5581While additional whitespace is generally helpful for reading, do not use
5582more than one blank line to separate blocks, and avoid adding whitespace
af6c57ea
AC
5583after the end of a program line (as of 1/99, some 600 lines had
5584whitespace after the semicolon). Excess whitespace causes difficulties
5585for @code{diff} and @code{patch} utilities.
5586
5587Pointers are declared using the traditional K&R C style:
5588
474c8240 5589@smallexample
af6c57ea 5590void *foo;
474c8240 5591@end smallexample
af6c57ea
AC
5592
5593@noindent
5594and not:
5595
474c8240 5596@smallexample
af6c57ea
AC
5597void * foo;
5598void* foo;
474c8240 5599@end smallexample
c906108c
SS
5600
5601@subsection Comments
5602
56caf160 5603@cindex comment formatting
c906108c
SS
5604The standard GNU requirements on comments must be followed strictly.
5605
af6c57ea
AC
5606Block comments must appear in the following form, with no @code{/*}- or
5607@code{*/}-only lines, and no leading @code{*}:
c906108c 5608
474c8240 5609@smallexample
c906108c
SS
5610/* Wait for control to return from inferior to debugger. If inferior
5611 gets a signal, we may decide to start it up again instead of
5612 returning. That is why there is a loop in this function. When
5613 this function actually returns it means the inferior should be left
25822942 5614 stopped and @value{GDBN} should read more commands. */
474c8240 5615@end smallexample
c906108c
SS
5616
5617(Note that this format is encouraged by Emacs; tabbing for a multi-line
56caf160 5618comment works correctly, and @kbd{M-q} fills the block consistently.)
c906108c
SS
5619
5620Put a blank line between the block comments preceding function or
5621variable definitions, and the definition itself.
5622
5623In general, put function-body comments on lines by themselves, rather
5624than trying to fit them into the 20 characters left at the end of a
5625line, since either the comment or the code will inevitably get longer
5626than will fit, and then somebody will have to move it anyhow.
5627
5628@subsection C Usage
5629
56caf160 5630@cindex C data types
c906108c
SS
5631Code must not depend on the sizes of C data types, the format of the
5632host's floating point numbers, the alignment of anything, or the order
5633of evaluation of expressions.
5634
56caf160 5635@cindex function usage
c906108c 5636Use functions freely. There are only a handful of compute-bound areas
56caf160
EZ
5637in @value{GDBN} that might be affected by the overhead of a function
5638call, mainly in symbol reading. Most of @value{GDBN}'s performance is
5639limited by the target interface (whether serial line or system call).
c906108c
SS
5640
5641However, use functions with moderation. A thousand one-line functions
5642are just as hard to understand as a single thousand-line function.
5643
af6c57ea 5644@emph{Macros are bad, M'kay.}
9e678452
CF
5645(But if you have to use a macro, make sure that the macro arguments are
5646protected with parentheses.)
af6c57ea
AC
5647
5648@cindex types
c906108c 5649
af6c57ea
AC
5650Declarations like @samp{struct foo *} should be used in preference to
5651declarations like @samp{typedef struct foo @{ @dots{} @} *foo_ptr}.
5652
5653
5654@subsection Function Prototypes
56caf160 5655@cindex function prototypes
af6c57ea
AC
5656
5657Prototypes must be used when both @emph{declaring} and @emph{defining}
5658a function. Prototypes for @value{GDBN} functions must include both the
5659argument type and name, with the name matching that used in the actual
5660function definition.
c906108c 5661
53a5351d
JM
5662All external functions should have a declaration in a header file that
5663callers include, except for @code{_initialize_*} functions, which must
5664be external so that @file{init.c} construction works, but shouldn't be
5665visible to random source files.
c906108c 5666
af6c57ea
AC
5667Where a source file needs a forward declaration of a static function,
5668that declaration must appear in a block near the top of the source file.
5669
5670
5671@subsection Internal Error Recovery
5672
5673During its execution, @value{GDBN} can encounter two types of errors.
5674User errors and internal errors. User errors include not only a user
5675entering an incorrect command but also problems arising from corrupt
5676object files and system errors when interacting with the target.
937f164b
FF
5677Internal errors include situations where @value{GDBN} has detected, at
5678run time, a corrupt or erroneous situation.
af6c57ea
AC
5679
5680When reporting an internal error, @value{GDBN} uses
5681@code{internal_error} and @code{gdb_assert}.
5682
5683@value{GDBN} must not call @code{abort} or @code{assert}.
5684
5685@emph{Pragmatics: There is no @code{internal_warning} function. Either
5686the code detected a user error, recovered from it and issued a
5687@code{warning} or the code failed to correctly recover from the user
5688error and issued an @code{internal_error}.}
5689
5690@subsection File Names
5691
5692Any file used when building the core of @value{GDBN} must be in lower
5693case. Any file used when building the core of @value{GDBN} must be 8.3
5694unique. These requirements apply to both source and generated files.
5695
5696@emph{Pragmatics: The core of @value{GDBN} must be buildable on many
5697platforms including DJGPP and MacOS/HFS. Every time an unfriendly file
5698is introduced to the build process both @file{Makefile.in} and
5699@file{configure.in} need to be modified accordingly. Compare the
5700convoluted conversion process needed to transform @file{COPYING} into
5701@file{copying.c} with the conversion needed to transform
5702@file{version.in} into @file{version.c}.}
5703
5704Any file non 8.3 compliant file (that is not used when building the core
5705of @value{GDBN}) must be added to @file{gdb/config/djgpp/fnchange.lst}.
5706
5707@emph{Pragmatics: This is clearly a compromise.}
5708
5709When @value{GDBN} has a local version of a system header file (ex
5710@file{string.h}) the file name based on the POSIX header prefixed with
b4177fca
DJ
5711@file{gdb_} (@file{gdb_string.h}). These headers should be relatively
5712independent: they should use only macros defined by @file{configure},
5713the compiler, or the host; they should include only system headers; they
5714should refer only to system types. They may be shared between multiple
5715programs, e.g.@: @value{GDBN} and @sc{gdbserver}.
af6c57ea
AC
5716
5717For other files @samp{-} is used as the separator.
5718
5719
5720@subsection Include Files
5721
e2b28d04 5722A @file{.c} file should include @file{defs.h} first.
af6c57ea 5723
e2b28d04
AC
5724A @file{.c} file should directly include the @code{.h} file of every
5725declaration and/or definition it directly refers to. It cannot rely on
5726indirect inclusion.
af6c57ea 5727
e2b28d04
AC
5728A @file{.h} file should directly include the @code{.h} file of every
5729declaration and/or definition it directly refers to. It cannot rely on
5730indirect inclusion. Exception: The file @file{defs.h} does not need to
5731be directly included.
af6c57ea 5732
e2b28d04 5733An external declaration should only appear in one include file.
af6c57ea 5734
e2b28d04
AC
5735An external declaration should never appear in a @code{.c} file.
5736Exception: a declaration for the @code{_initialize} function that
5737pacifies @option{-Wmissing-declaration}.
5738
5739A @code{typedef} definition should only appear in one include file.
5740
5741An opaque @code{struct} declaration can appear in multiple @file{.h}
5742files. Where possible, a @file{.h} file should use an opaque
5743@code{struct} declaration instead of an include.
5744
5745All @file{.h} files should be wrapped in:
af6c57ea 5746
474c8240 5747@smallexample
af6c57ea
AC
5748#ifndef INCLUDE_FILE_NAME_H
5749#define INCLUDE_FILE_NAME_H
5750header body
5751#endif
474c8240 5752@end smallexample
af6c57ea 5753
c906108c 5754
dab11f21 5755@subsection Clean Design and Portable Implementation
c906108c 5756
56caf160 5757@cindex design
c906108c 5758In addition to getting the syntax right, there's the little question of
25822942 5759semantics. Some things are done in certain ways in @value{GDBN} because long
c906108c
SS
5760experience has shown that the more obvious ways caused various kinds of
5761trouble.
5762
56caf160 5763@cindex assumptions about targets
c906108c
SS
5764You can't assume the byte order of anything that comes from a target
5765(including @var{value}s, object files, and instructions). Such things
56caf160
EZ
5766must be byte-swapped using @code{SWAP_TARGET_AND_HOST} in
5767@value{GDBN}, or one of the swap routines defined in @file{bfd.h},
5768such as @code{bfd_get_32}.
c906108c
SS
5769
5770You can't assume that you know what interface is being used to talk to
5771the target system. All references to the target must go through the
5772current @code{target_ops} vector.
5773
5774You can't assume that the host and target machines are the same machine
5775(except in the ``native'' support modules). In particular, you can't
5776assume that the target machine's header files will be available on the
5777host machine. Target code must bring along its own header files --
5778written from scratch or explicitly donated by their owner, to avoid
5779copyright problems.
5780
56caf160 5781@cindex portability
c906108c
SS
5782Insertion of new @code{#ifdef}'s will be frowned upon. It's much better
5783to write the code portably than to conditionalize it for various
5784systems.
5785
56caf160 5786@cindex system dependencies
c906108c
SS
5787New @code{#ifdef}'s which test for specific compilers or manufacturers
5788or operating systems are unacceptable. All @code{#ifdef}'s should test
5789for features. The information about which configurations contain which
5790features should be segregated into the configuration files. Experience
5791has proven far too often that a feature unique to one particular system
5792often creeps into other systems; and that a conditional based on some
5793predefined macro for your current system will become worthless over
5794time, as new versions of your system come out that behave differently
5795with regard to this feature.
5796
5797Adding code that handles specific architectures, operating systems,
af6c57ea 5798target interfaces, or hosts, is not acceptable in generic code.
c906108c 5799
dab11f21
EZ
5800@cindex portable file name handling
5801@cindex file names, portability
5802One particularly notorious area where system dependencies tend to
5803creep in is handling of file names. The mainline @value{GDBN} code
5804assumes Posix semantics of file names: absolute file names begin with
5805a forward slash @file{/}, slashes are used to separate leading
5806directories, case-sensitive file names. These assumptions are not
5807necessarily true on non-Posix systems such as MS-Windows. To avoid
5808system-dependent code where you need to take apart or construct a file
5809name, use the following portable macros:
5810
5811@table @code
5812@findex HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM
5813@item HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM
5814This preprocessing symbol is defined to a non-zero value on hosts
5815whose filesystems belong to the MS-DOS/MS-Windows family. Use this
5816symbol to write conditional code which should only be compiled for
5817such hosts.
5818
5819@findex IS_DIR_SEPARATOR
4be31470 5820@item IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (@var{c})
dab11f21
EZ
5821Evaluates to a non-zero value if @var{c} is a directory separator
5822character. On Unix and GNU/Linux systems, only a slash @file{/} is
5823such a character, but on Windows, both @file{/} and @file{\} will
5824pass.
5825
5826@findex IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH
5827@item IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (@var{file})
5828Evaluates to a non-zero value if @var{file} is an absolute file name.
5829For Unix and GNU/Linux hosts, a name which begins with a slash
5830@file{/} is absolute. On DOS and Windows, @file{d:/foo} and
5831@file{x:\bar} are also absolute file names.
5832
5833@findex FILENAME_CMP
5834@item FILENAME_CMP (@var{f1}, @var{f2})
5835Calls a function which compares file names @var{f1} and @var{f2} as
5836appropriate for the underlying host filesystem. For Posix systems,
5837this simply calls @code{strcmp}; on case-insensitive filesystems it
5838will call @code{strcasecmp} instead.
5839
5840@findex DIRNAME_SEPARATOR
5841@item DIRNAME_SEPARATOR
5842Evaluates to a character which separates directories in
5843@code{PATH}-style lists, typically held in environment variables.
5844This character is @samp{:} on Unix, @samp{;} on DOS and Windows.
5845
5846@findex SLASH_STRING
5847@item SLASH_STRING
5848This evaluates to a constant string you should use to produce an
5849absolute filename from leading directories and the file's basename.
5850@code{SLASH_STRING} is @code{"/"} on most systems, but might be
5851@code{"\\"} for some Windows-based ports.
5852@end table
5853
5854In addition to using these macros, be sure to use portable library
5855functions whenever possible. For example, to extract a directory or a
5856basename part from a file name, use the @code{dirname} and
5857@code{basename} library functions (available in @code{libiberty} for
5858platforms which don't provide them), instead of searching for a slash
5859with @code{strrchr}.
5860
25822942
DB
5861Another way to generalize @value{GDBN} along a particular interface is with an
5862attribute struct. For example, @value{GDBN} has been generalized to handle
56caf160
EZ
5863multiple kinds of remote interfaces---not by @code{#ifdef}s everywhere, but
5864by defining the @code{target_ops} structure and having a current target (as
c906108c
SS
5865well as a stack of targets below it, for memory references). Whenever
5866something needs to be done that depends on which remote interface we are
56caf160
EZ
5867using, a flag in the current target_ops structure is tested (e.g.,
5868@code{target_has_stack}), or a function is called through a pointer in the
c906108c 5869current target_ops structure. In this way, when a new remote interface
56caf160 5870is added, only one module needs to be touched---the one that actually
c906108c
SS
5871implements the new remote interface. Other examples of
5872attribute-structs are BFD access to multiple kinds of object file
25822942 5873formats, or @value{GDBN}'s access to multiple source languages.
c906108c 5874
56caf160
EZ
5875Please avoid duplicating code. For example, in @value{GDBN} 3.x all
5876the code interfacing between @code{ptrace} and the rest of
5877@value{GDBN} was duplicated in @file{*-dep.c}, and so changing
5878something was very painful. In @value{GDBN} 4.x, these have all been
5879consolidated into @file{infptrace.c}. @file{infptrace.c} can deal
5880with variations between systems the same way any system-independent
5881file would (hooks, @code{#if defined}, etc.), and machines which are
5882radically different don't need to use @file{infptrace.c} at all.
c906108c 5883
af6c57ea
AC
5884All debugging code must be controllable using the @samp{set debug
5885@var{module}} command. Do not use @code{printf} to print trace
5886messages. Use @code{fprintf_unfiltered(gdb_stdlog, ...}. Do not use
5887@code{#ifdef DEBUG}.
5888
c906108c 5889
8487521e 5890@node Porting GDB
c906108c 5891
25822942 5892@chapter Porting @value{GDBN}
56caf160 5893@cindex porting to new machines
c906108c 5894
56caf160
EZ
5895Most of the work in making @value{GDBN} compile on a new machine is in
5896specifying the configuration of the machine. This is done in a
5897dizzying variety of header files and configuration scripts, which we
5898hope to make more sensible soon. Let's say your new host is called an
5899@var{xyz} (e.g., @samp{sun4}), and its full three-part configuration
5900name is @code{@var{arch}-@var{xvend}-@var{xos}} (e.g.,
5901@samp{sparc-sun-sunos4}). In particular:
c906108c 5902
56caf160
EZ
5903@itemize @bullet
5904@item
c906108c
SS
5905In the top level directory, edit @file{config.sub} and add @var{arch},
5906@var{xvend}, and @var{xos} to the lists of supported architectures,
5907vendors, and operating systems near the bottom of the file. Also, add
5908@var{xyz} as an alias that maps to
5909@code{@var{arch}-@var{xvend}-@var{xos}}. You can test your changes by
5910running
5911
474c8240 5912@smallexample
c906108c 5913./config.sub @var{xyz}
474c8240 5914@end smallexample
56caf160 5915
c906108c
SS
5916@noindent
5917and
56caf160 5918
474c8240 5919@smallexample
c906108c 5920./config.sub @code{@var{arch}-@var{xvend}-@var{xos}}
474c8240 5921@end smallexample
56caf160 5922
c906108c
SS
5923@noindent
5924which should both respond with @code{@var{arch}-@var{xvend}-@var{xos}}
5925and no error messages.
5926
56caf160 5927@noindent
c906108c
SS
5928You need to port BFD, if that hasn't been done already. Porting BFD is
5929beyond the scope of this manual.
5930
56caf160 5931@item
25822942 5932To configure @value{GDBN} itself, edit @file{gdb/configure.host} to recognize
c906108c
SS
5933your system and set @code{gdb_host} to @var{xyz}, and (unless your
5934desired target is already available) also edit @file{gdb/configure.tgt},
5935setting @code{gdb_target} to something appropriate (for instance,
5936@var{xyz}).
5937
7fd60527
AC
5938@emph{Maintainer's note: Work in progress. The file
5939@file{gdb/configure.host} originally needed to be modified when either a
5940new native target or a new host machine was being added to @value{GDBN}.
5941Recent changes have removed this requirement. The file now only needs
5942to be modified when adding a new native configuration. This will likely
5943changed again in the future.}
5944
56caf160 5945@item
25822942 5946Finally, you'll need to specify and define @value{GDBN}'s host-, native-, and
c906108c
SS
5947target-dependent @file{.h} and @file{.c} files used for your
5948configuration.
56caf160 5949@end itemize
c906108c 5950
d52fe014
AC
5951@node Versions and Branches
5952@chapter Versions and Branches
8973da3a 5953
d52fe014 5954@section Versions
8973da3a 5955
d52fe014
AC
5956@value{GDBN}'s version is determined by the file
5957@file{gdb/version.in} and takes one of the following forms:
fb0ff88f 5958
d52fe014
AC
5959@table @asis
5960@item @var{major}.@var{minor}
5961@itemx @var{major}.@var{minor}.@var{patchlevel}
53531fc1
AC
5962an official release (e.g., 6.2 or 6.2.1)
5963@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.@var{patchlevel}.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}
5964a snapshot taken at @var{YYYY}-@var{MM}-@var{DD}-gmt (e.g.,
59656.1.50.20020302, 6.1.90.20020304, or 6.1.0.20020308)
5966@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.@var{patchlevel}.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}-cvs
5967a @sc{cvs} check out drawn on @var{YYYY}-@var{MM}-@var{DD} (e.g.,
59686.1.50.20020302-cvs, 6.1.90.20020304-cvs, or 6.1.0.20020308-cvs)
5969@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.@var{patchlevel}.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD} (@var{vendor})
d52fe014 5970a vendor specific release of @value{GDBN}, that while based on@*
53531fc1
AC
5971@var{major}.@var{minor}.@var{patchlevel}.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD},
5972may include additional changes
d52fe014 5973@end table
fb0ff88f 5974
d52fe014
AC
5975@value{GDBN}'s mainline uses the @var{major} and @var{minor} version
5976numbers from the most recent release branch, with a @var{patchlevel}
53531fc1
AC
5977of 50. At the time each new release branch is created, the mainline's
5978@var{major} and @var{minor} version numbers are updated.
fb0ff88f 5979
53531fc1
AC
5980@value{GDBN}'s release branch is similar. When the branch is cut, the
5981@var{patchlevel} is changed from 50 to 90. As draft releases are
5982drawn from the branch, the @var{patchlevel} is incremented. Once the
5983first release (@var{major}.@var{minor}) has been made, the
5984@var{patchlevel} is set to 0 and updates have an incremented
5985@var{patchlevel}.
5986
5987For snapshots, and @sc{cvs} check outs, it is also possible to
5988identify the @sc{cvs} origin:
5989
5990@table @asis
5991@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.50.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}
5992drawn from the @sc{head} of mainline @sc{cvs} (e.g., 6.1.50.20020302)
5993@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.90.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}
5994@itemx @var{major}.@var{minor}.91.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD} @dots{}
5995drawn from a release branch prior to the release (e.g.,
59966.1.90.20020304)
5997@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.0.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}
5998@itemx @var{major}.@var{minor}.1.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD} @dots{}
5999drawn from a release branch after the release (e.g., 6.2.0.20020308)
6000@end table
fb0ff88f 6001
d52fe014
AC
6002If the previous @value{GDBN} version is 6.1 and the current version is
60036.2, then, substituting 6 for @var{major} and 1 or 2 for @var{minor},
6004here's an illustration of a typical sequence:
fb0ff88f 6005
d52fe014
AC
6006@smallexample
6007 <HEAD>
6008 |
53531fc1 60096.1.50.20020302-cvs
d52fe014 6010 |
53531fc1 6011 +--------------------------.
d52fe014 6012 | <gdb_6_2-branch>
d52fe014 6013 | |
53531fc1
AC
60146.2.50.20020303-cvs 6.1.90 (draft #1)
6015 | |
60166.2.50.20020304-cvs 6.1.90.20020304-cvs
6017 | |
60186.2.50.20020305-cvs 6.1.91 (draft #2)
d52fe014 6019 | |
53531fc1
AC
60206.2.50.20020306-cvs 6.1.91.20020306-cvs
6021 | |
60226.2.50.20020307-cvs 6.2 (release)
6023 | |
60246.2.50.20020308-cvs 6.2.0.20020308-cvs
6025 | |
60266.2.50.20020309-cvs 6.2.1 (update)
6027 | |
60286.2.50.20020310-cvs <branch closed>
d52fe014 6029 |
53531fc1 60306.2.50.20020311-cvs
d52fe014 6031 |
53531fc1 6032 +--------------------------.
d52fe014 6033 | <gdb_6_3-branch>
53531fc1
AC
6034 | |
60356.3.50.20020312-cvs 6.2.90 (draft #1)
6036 | |
d52fe014 6037@end smallexample
fb0ff88f 6038
d52fe014
AC
6039@section Release Branches
6040@cindex Release Branches
fb0ff88f 6041
d52fe014
AC
6042@value{GDBN} draws a release series (6.2, 6.2.1, @dots{}) from a
6043single release branch, and identifies that branch using the @sc{cvs}
6044branch tags:
fb0ff88f 6045
d52fe014
AC
6046@smallexample
6047gdb_@var{major}_@var{minor}-@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}-branchpoint
6048gdb_@var{major}_@var{minor}-branch
6049gdb_@var{major}_@var{minor}-@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}-release
6050@end smallexample
6051
6052@emph{Pragmatics: To help identify the date at which a branch or
6053release is made, both the branchpoint and release tags include the
6054date that they are cut (@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}) in the tag. The
6055branch tag, denoting the head of the branch, does not need this.}
6056
6057@section Vendor Branches
6058@cindex vendor branches
fb0ff88f
AC
6059
6060To avoid version conflicts, vendors are expected to modify the file
6061@file{gdb/version.in} to include a vendor unique alphabetic identifier
6062(an official @value{GDBN} release never uses alphabetic characters in
d52fe014
AC
6063its version identifer). E.g., @samp{6.2widgit2}, or @samp{6.2 (Widgit
6064Inc Patch 2)}.
6065
6066@section Experimental Branches
6067@cindex experimental branches
6068
6069@subsection Guidelines
6070
6071@value{GDBN} permits the creation of branches, cut from the @sc{cvs}
6072repository, for experimental development. Branches make it possible
6073for developers to share preliminary work, and maintainers to examine
6074significant new developments.
fb0ff88f 6075
d52fe014 6076The following are a set of guidelines for creating such branches:
fb0ff88f 6077
d52fe014
AC
6078@table @emph
6079
6080@item a branch has an owner
6081The owner can set further policy for a branch, but may not change the
6082ground rules. In particular, they can set a policy for commits (be it
6083adding more reviewers or deciding who can commit).
6084
6085@item all commits are posted
6086All changes committed to a branch shall also be posted to
6087@email{gdb-patches@@sources.redhat.com, the @value{GDBN} patches
6088mailing list}. While commentary on such changes are encouraged, people
6089should remember that the changes only apply to a branch.
6090
6091@item all commits are covered by an assignment
6092This ensures that all changes belong to the Free Software Foundation,
6093and avoids the possibility that the branch may become contaminated.
6094
6095@item a branch is focused
6096A focused branch has a single objective or goal, and does not contain
6097unnecessary or irrelevant changes. Cleanups, where identified, being
6098be pushed into the mainline as soon as possible.
6099
6100@item a branch tracks mainline
6101This keeps the level of divergence under control. It also keeps the
6102pressure on developers to push cleanups and other stuff into the
6103mainline.
6104
6105@item a branch shall contain the entire @value{GDBN} module
6106The @value{GDBN} module @code{gdb} should be specified when creating a
6107branch (branches of individual files should be avoided). @xref{Tags}.
6108
6109@item a branch shall be branded using @file{version.in}
6110The file @file{gdb/version.in} shall be modified so that it identifies
6111the branch @var{owner} and branch @var{name}, e.g.,
53531fc1 6112@samp{6.2.50.20030303_owner_name} or @samp{6.2 (Owner Name)}.
d52fe014
AC
6113
6114@end table
fb0ff88f 6115
d52fe014
AC
6116@subsection Tags
6117@anchor{Tags}
fb0ff88f 6118
d52fe014
AC
6119To simplify the identification of @value{GDBN} branches, the following
6120branch tagging convention is strongly recommended:
fb0ff88f 6121
d52fe014 6122@table @code
fb0ff88f 6123
d52fe014
AC
6124@item @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branchpoint
6125@itemx @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branch
6126The branch point and corresponding branch tag. @var{YYYYMMDD} is the
6127date that the branch was created. A branch is created using the
6128sequence: @anchor{experimental branch tags}
474c8240 6129@smallexample
d52fe014
AC
6130cvs rtag @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branchpoint gdb
6131cvs rtag -b -r @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branchpoint \
6132 @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branch gdb
474c8240 6133@end smallexample
fb0ff88f 6134
d52fe014
AC
6135@item @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{yyyymmdd}-mergepoint
6136The tagged point, on the mainline, that was used when merging the branch
6137on @var{yyyymmdd}. To merge in all changes since the branch was cut,
6138use a command sequence like:
474c8240 6139@smallexample
d52fe014
AC
6140cvs rtag @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{yyyymmdd}-mergepoint gdb
6141cvs update \
6142 -j@var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branchpoint
6143 -j@var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{yyyymmdd}-mergepoint
474c8240 6144@end smallexample
d52fe014
AC
6145@noindent
6146Similar sequences can be used to just merge in changes since the last
6147merge.
6148
6149@end table
fb0ff88f 6150
d52fe014
AC
6151@noindent
6152For further information on @sc{cvs}, see
6153@uref{http://www.gnu.org/software/cvs/, Concurrent Versions System}.
6154
55f6ca0f
JB
6155@node Start of New Year Procedure
6156@chapter Start of New Year Procedure
6157@cindex new year procedure
6158
6159At the start of each new year, the following actions should be performed:
6160
6161@itemize @bullet
6162@item
6163Rotate the ChangeLog file
6164
6165The current @file{ChangeLog} file should be renamed into
6166@file{ChangeLog-YYYY} where YYYY is the year that has just passed.
6167A new @file{ChangeLog} file should be created, and its contents should
6168contain a reference to the previous ChangeLog. The following should
6169also be preserved at the end of the new ChangeLog, in order to provide
6170the appropriate settings when editing this file with Emacs:
6171@smallexample
6172Local Variables:
6173mode: change-log
6174left-margin: 8
6175fill-column: 74
6176version-control: never
6177End:
6178@end smallexample
6179
6180@item
6181Update the copyright year in the startup message
6182
6183Update the copyright year in file @file{top.c}, function
6184@code{print_gdb_version}.
6185@end itemize
6186
d52fe014 6187@node Releasing GDB
fb0ff88f 6188
d52fe014
AC
6189@chapter Releasing @value{GDBN}
6190@cindex making a new release of gdb
fb0ff88f 6191
9bb0a4d8
AC
6192@section Branch Commit Policy
6193
6194The branch commit policy is pretty slack. @value{GDBN} releases 5.0,
61955.1 and 5.2 all used the below:
6196
6197@itemize @bullet
6198@item
6199The @file{gdb/MAINTAINERS} file still holds.
6200@item
6201Don't fix something on the branch unless/until it is also fixed in the
6202trunk. If this isn't possible, mentioning it in the @file{gdb/PROBLEMS}
4be31470 6203file is better than committing a hack.
9bb0a4d8
AC
6204@item
6205When considering a patch for the branch, suggested criteria include:
6206Does it fix a build? Does it fix the sequence @kbd{break main; run}
6207when debugging a static binary?
6208@item
6209The further a change is from the core of @value{GDBN}, the less likely
6210the change will worry anyone (e.g., target specific code).
6211@item
6212Only post a proposal to change the core of @value{GDBN} after you've
6213sent individual bribes to all the people listed in the
6214@file{MAINTAINERS} file @t{;-)}
6215@end itemize
6216
6217@emph{Pragmatics: Provided updates are restricted to non-core
6218functionality there is little chance that a broken change will be fatal.
6219This means that changes such as adding a new architectures or (within
6220reason) support for a new host are considered acceptable.}
6221
6222
cbb09e6a 6223@section Obsoleting code
8973da3a 6224
8642bc8f 6225Before anything else, poke the other developers (and around the source
4be31470
EZ
6226code) to see if there is anything that can be removed from @value{GDBN}
6227(an old target, an unused file).
8973da3a 6228
8642bc8f 6229Obsolete code is identified by adding an @code{OBSOLETE} prefix to every
cbb09e6a
AC
6230line. Doing this means that it is easy to identify something that has
6231been obsoleted when greping through the sources.
8973da3a 6232
cbb09e6a
AC
6233The process is done in stages --- this is mainly to ensure that the
6234wider @value{GDBN} community has a reasonable opportunity to respond.
6235Remember, everything on the Internet takes a week.
8973da3a 6236
cbb09e6a 6237@enumerate
8973da3a 6238@item
cbb09e6a
AC
6239Post the proposal on @email{gdb@@sources.redhat.com, the GDB mailing
6240list} Creating a bug report to track the task's state, is also highly
6241recommended.
8973da3a 6242@item
cbb09e6a 6243Wait a week or so.
8973da3a 6244@item
cbb09e6a
AC
6245Post the proposal on @email{gdb-announce@@sources.redhat.com, the GDB
6246Announcement mailing list}.
8973da3a 6247@item
cbb09e6a 6248Wait a week or so.
8973da3a 6249@item
cbb09e6a
AC
6250Go through and edit all relevant files and lines so that they are
6251prefixed with the word @code{OBSOLETE}.
6252@item
6253Wait until the next GDB version, containing this obsolete code, has been
6254released.
6255@item
6256Remove the obsolete code.
6257@end enumerate
6258
6259@noindent
6260@emph{Maintainer note: While removing old code is regrettable it is
6261hopefully better for @value{GDBN}'s long term development. Firstly it
6262helps the developers by removing code that is either no longer relevant
6263or simply wrong. Secondly since it removes any history associated with
6264the file (effectively clearing the slate) the developer has a much freer
6265hand when it comes to fixing broken files.}
8973da3a 6266
8973da3a 6267
9ae8b82c
AC
6268
6269@section Before the Branch
8973da3a 6270
8642bc8f
AC
6271The most important objective at this stage is to find and fix simple
6272changes that become a pain to track once the branch is created. For
6273instance, configuration problems that stop @value{GDBN} from even
6274building. If you can't get the problem fixed, document it in the
6275@file{gdb/PROBLEMS} file.
8973da3a 6276
9ae8b82c 6277@subheading Prompt for @file{gdb/NEWS}
8973da3a 6278
9ae8b82c
AC
6279People always forget. Send a post reminding them but also if you know
6280something interesting happened add it yourself. The @code{schedule}
6281script will mention this in its e-mail.
8973da3a 6282
9ae8b82c 6283@subheading Review @file{gdb/README}
8973da3a 6284
9ae8b82c
AC
6285Grab one of the nightly snapshots and then walk through the
6286@file{gdb/README} looking for anything that can be improved. The
6287@code{schedule} script will mention this in its e-mail.
8642bc8f
AC
6288
6289@subheading Refresh any imported files.
8973da3a 6290
8642bc8f 6291A number of files are taken from external repositories. They include:
8973da3a 6292
8642bc8f
AC
6293@itemize @bullet
6294@item
6295@file{texinfo/texinfo.tex}
6296@item
9ae8b82c
AC
6297@file{config.guess} et.@: al.@: (see the top-level @file{MAINTAINERS}
6298file)
6299@item
6300@file{etc/standards.texi}, @file{etc/make-stds.texi}
8642bc8f
AC
6301@end itemize
6302
9ae8b82c 6303@subheading Check the ARI
8642bc8f 6304
9ae8b82c
AC
6305@uref{http://sources.redhat.com/gdb/ari,,A.R.I.} is an @code{awk} script
6306(Awk Regression Index ;-) that checks for a number of errors and coding
6307conventions. The checks include things like using @code{malloc} instead
6308of @code{xmalloc} and file naming problems. There shouldn't be any
6309regressions.
8642bc8f 6310
9ae8b82c 6311@subsection Review the bug data base
8642bc8f 6312
9ae8b82c 6313Close anything obviously fixed.
8642bc8f 6314
9ae8b82c 6315@subsection Check all cross targets build
8642bc8f 6316
9ae8b82c 6317The targets are listed in @file{gdb/MAINTAINERS}.
8642bc8f 6318
8642bc8f 6319
30107679 6320@section Cut the Branch
8642bc8f 6321
30107679 6322@subheading Create the branch
8642bc8f 6323
474c8240 6324@smallexample
30107679
AC
6325$ u=5.1
6326$ v=5.2
6327$ V=`echo $v | sed 's/\./_/g'`
6328$ D=`date -u +%Y-%m-%d`
6329$ echo $u $V $D
63305.1 5_2 2002-03-03
6331$ echo cvs -f -d :ext:sources.redhat.com:/cvs/src rtag \
b247355e 6332-D $D-gmt gdb_$V-$D-branchpoint insight
30107679 6333cvs -f -d :ext:sources.redhat.com:/cvs/src rtag
b247355e 6334-D 2002-03-03-gmt gdb_5_2-2002-03-03-branchpoint insight
30107679
AC
6335$ ^echo ^^
6336...
6337$ echo cvs -f -d :ext:sources.redhat.com:/cvs/src rtag \
b247355e 6338-b -r gdb_$V-$D-branchpoint gdb_$V-branch insight
30107679 6339cvs -f -d :ext:sources.redhat.com:/cvs/src rtag \
b247355e 6340-b -r gdb_5_2-2002-03-03-branchpoint gdb_5_2-branch insight
30107679
AC
6341$ ^echo ^^
6342...
8642bc8f 6343$
474c8240 6344@end smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
6345
6346@itemize @bullet
6347@item
b247355e 6348By using @kbd{-D YYYY-MM-DD-gmt}, the branch is forced to an exact
30107679
AC
6349date/time.
6350@item
b247355e 6351The trunk is first tagged so that the branch point can easily be found.
30107679 6352@item
b247355e 6353Insight, which includes @value{GDBN}, is tagged at the same time.
8642bc8f 6354@item
b247355e 6355@file{version.in} gets bumped to avoid version number conflicts.
8642bc8f 6356@item
b247355e 6357The reading of @file{.cvsrc} is disabled using @file{-f}.
30107679
AC
6358@end itemize
6359
6360@subheading Update @file{version.in}
6361
6362@smallexample
6363$ u=5.1
6364$ v=5.2
6365$ V=`echo $v | sed 's/\./_/g'`
6366$ echo $u $v$V
63675.1 5_2
6368$ cd /tmp
6369$ echo cvs -f -d :ext:sources.redhat.com:/cvs/src co \
6370-r gdb_$V-branch src/gdb/version.in
6371cvs -f -d :ext:sources.redhat.com:/cvs/src co
6372 -r gdb_5_2-branch src/gdb/version.in
6373$ ^echo ^^
6374U src/gdb/version.in
6375$ cd src/gdb
6376$ echo $u.90-0000-00-00-cvs > version.in
6377$ cat version.in
63785.1.90-0000-00-00-cvs
6379$ cvs -f commit version.in
6380@end smallexample
6381
6382@itemize @bullet
6383@item
6384@file{0000-00-00} is used as a date to pump prime the version.in update
b247355e 6385mechanism.
30107679
AC
6386@item
6387@file{.90} and the previous branch version are used as fairly arbitrary
b247355e 6388initial branch version number.
8642bc8f
AC
6389@end itemize
6390
8642bc8f
AC
6391
6392@subheading Update the web and news pages
6393
30107679
AC
6394Something?
6395
8642bc8f
AC
6396@subheading Tweak cron to track the new branch
6397
30107679
AC
6398The file @file{gdbadmin/cron/crontab} contains gdbadmin's cron table.
6399This file needs to be updated so that:
6400
6401@itemize @bullet
6402@item
b247355e 6403A daily timestamp is added to the file @file{version.in}.
30107679 6404@item
b247355e 6405The new branch is included in the snapshot process.
30107679
AC
6406@end itemize
6407
6408@noindent
6409See the file @file{gdbadmin/cron/README} for how to install the updated
6410cron table.
6411
6412The file @file{gdbadmin/ss/README} should also be reviewed to reflect
6413any changes. That file is copied to both the branch/ and current/
6414snapshot directories.
6415
6416
6417@subheading Update the NEWS and README files
6418
6419The @file{NEWS} file needs to be updated so that on the branch it refers
6420to @emph{changes in the current release} while on the trunk it also
6421refers to @emph{changes since the current release}.
6422
6423The @file{README} file needs to be updated so that it refers to the
6424current release.
6425
6426@subheading Post the branch info
6427
6428Send an announcement to the mailing lists:
6429
6430@itemize @bullet
6431@item
6432@email{gdb-announce@@sources.redhat.com, GDB Announcement mailing list}
6433@item
6434@email{gdb@@sources.redhat.com, GDB Discsussion mailing list} and
6435@email{gdb-testers@@sources.redhat.com, GDB Discsussion mailing list}
16737d73 6436@end itemize
30107679
AC
6437
6438@emph{Pragmatics: The branch creation is sent to the announce list to
6439ensure that people people not subscribed to the higher volume discussion
6440list are alerted.}
6441
6442The announcement should include:
6443
6444@itemize @bullet
6445@item
b247355e 6446The branch tag.
30107679 6447@item
b247355e 6448How to check out the branch using CVS.
30107679 6449@item
b247355e 6450The date/number of weeks until the release.
30107679 6451@item
b247355e 6452The branch commit policy still holds.
16737d73 6453@end itemize
30107679 6454
8642bc8f
AC
6455@section Stabilize the branch
6456
6457Something goes here.
6458
6459@section Create a Release
6460
0816590b
AC
6461The process of creating and then making available a release is broken
6462down into a number of stages. The first part addresses the technical
6463process of creating a releasable tar ball. The later stages address the
6464process of releasing that tar ball.
8973da3a 6465
0816590b
AC
6466When making a release candidate just the first section is needed.
6467
6468@subsection Create a release candidate
6469
6470The objective at this stage is to create a set of tar balls that can be
6471made available as a formal release (or as a less formal release
6472candidate).
6473
6474@subsubheading Freeze the branch
6475
6476Send out an e-mail notifying everyone that the branch is frozen to
6477@email{gdb-patches@@sources.redhat.com}.
6478
6479@subsubheading Establish a few defaults.
8973da3a 6480
474c8240 6481@smallexample
0816590b
AC
6482$ b=gdb_5_2-branch
6483$ v=5.2
8642bc8f
AC
6484$ t=/sourceware/snapshot-tmp/gdbadmin-tmp
6485$ echo $t/$b/$v
0816590b 6486/sourceware/snapshot-tmp/gdbadmin-tmp/gdb_5_2-branch/5.2
8642bc8f
AC
6487$ mkdir -p $t/$b/$v
6488$ cd $t/$b/$v
6489$ pwd
0816590b 6490/sourceware/snapshot-tmp/gdbadmin-tmp/gdb_5_2-branch/5.2
8973da3a
AC
6491$ which autoconf
6492/home/gdbadmin/bin/autoconf
8642bc8f 6493$
474c8240 6494@end smallexample
8973da3a 6495
0816590b
AC
6496@noindent
6497Notes:
8973da3a 6498
0816590b
AC
6499@itemize @bullet
6500@item
6501Check the @code{autoconf} version carefully. You want to be using the
4a2b4636
JB
6502version taken from the @file{binutils} snapshot directory, which can be
6503found at @uref{ftp://sources.redhat.com/pub/binutils/}. It is very
0816590b
AC
6504unlikely that a system installed version of @code{autoconf} (e.g.,
6505@file{/usr/bin/autoconf}) is correct.
6506@end itemize
6507
6508@subsubheading Check out the relevant modules:
8973da3a 6509
474c8240 6510@smallexample
b247355e 6511$ for m in gdb insight
8642bc8f 6512do
8973da3a
AC
6513( mkdir -p $m && cd $m && cvs -q -f -d /cvs/src co -P -r $b $m )
6514done
8642bc8f 6515$
474c8240 6516@end smallexample
8973da3a 6517
0816590b
AC
6518@noindent
6519Note:
8642bc8f 6520
0816590b
AC
6521@itemize @bullet
6522@item
6523The reading of @file{.cvsrc} is disabled (@file{-f}) so that there isn't
6524any confusion between what is written here and what your local
6525@code{cvs} really does.
6526@end itemize
6527
6528@subsubheading Update relevant files.
8973da3a 6529
0816590b
AC
6530@table @file
6531
6532@item gdb/NEWS
8642bc8f
AC
6533
6534Major releases get their comments added as part of the mainline. Minor
6535releases should probably mention any significant bugs that were fixed.
6536
0816590b 6537Don't forget to include the @file{ChangeLog} entry.
8973da3a 6538
474c8240 6539@smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
6540$ emacs gdb/src/gdb/NEWS
6541...
6542c-x 4 a
6543...
6544c-x c-s c-x c-c
6545$ cp gdb/src/gdb/NEWS insight/src/gdb/NEWS
6546$ cp gdb/src/gdb/ChangeLog insight/src/gdb/ChangeLog
474c8240 6547@end smallexample
8973da3a 6548
0816590b
AC
6549@item gdb/README
6550
6551You'll need to update:
8973da3a 6552
0816590b
AC
6553@itemize @bullet
6554@item
b247355e 6555The version.
0816590b 6556@item
b247355e 6557The update date.
0816590b 6558@item
b247355e 6559Who did it.
0816590b 6560@end itemize
8973da3a 6561
474c8240 6562@smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
6563$ emacs gdb/src/gdb/README
6564...
8973da3a 6565c-x 4 a
8642bc8f 6566...
8973da3a 6567c-x c-s c-x c-c
8642bc8f
AC
6568$ cp gdb/src/gdb/README insight/src/gdb/README
6569$ cp gdb/src/gdb/ChangeLog insight/src/gdb/ChangeLog
474c8240 6570@end smallexample
8973da3a 6571
0816590b
AC
6572@emph{Maintainer note: Hopefully the @file{README} file was reviewed
6573before the initial branch was cut so just a simple substitute is needed
6574to get it updated.}
8973da3a 6575
8642bc8f
AC
6576@emph{Maintainer note: Other projects generate @file{README} and
6577@file{INSTALL} from the core documentation. This might be worth
6578pursuing.}
8973da3a 6579
0816590b 6580@item gdb/version.in
8973da3a 6581
474c8240 6582@smallexample
8642bc8f 6583$ echo $v > gdb/src/gdb/version.in
0816590b
AC
6584$ cat gdb/src/gdb/version.in
65855.2
8642bc8f 6586$ emacs gdb/src/gdb/version.in
8973da3a
AC
6587...
6588c-x 4 a
0816590b 6589... Bump to version ...
8973da3a 6590c-x c-s c-x c-c
8642bc8f
AC
6591$ cp gdb/src/gdb/version.in insight/src/gdb/version.in
6592$ cp gdb/src/gdb/ChangeLog insight/src/gdb/ChangeLog
474c8240 6593@end smallexample
8973da3a 6594
0816590b
AC
6595@end table
6596
6597@subsubheading Do the dirty work
6598
6599This is identical to the process used to create the daily snapshot.
8973da3a 6600
4ce8657e
MC
6601@smallexample
6602$ for m in gdb insight
6603do
6604( cd $m/src && gmake -f src-release $m.tar )
6605done
4ce8657e
MC
6606@end smallexample
6607
6608If the top level source directory does not have @file{src-release}
6609(@value{GDBN} version 5.3.1 or earlier), try these commands instead:
6610
474c8240 6611@smallexample
0816590b 6612$ for m in gdb insight
8642bc8f 6613do
0816590b 6614( cd $m/src && gmake -f Makefile.in $m.tar )
8973da3a 6615done
474c8240 6616@end smallexample
8973da3a 6617
0816590b 6618@subsubheading Check the source files
8642bc8f 6619
0816590b 6620You're looking for files that have mysteriously disappeared.
8642bc8f
AC
6621@kbd{distclean} has the habit of deleting files it shouldn't. Watch out
6622for the @file{version.in} update @kbd{cronjob}.
8973da3a 6623
474c8240 6624@smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
6625$ ( cd gdb/src && cvs -f -q -n update )
6626M djunpack.bat
0816590b 6627? gdb-5.1.91.tar
8642bc8f 6628? proto-toplev
0816590b 6629@dots{} lots of generated files @dots{}
8642bc8f
AC
6630M gdb/ChangeLog
6631M gdb/NEWS
6632M gdb/README
6633M gdb/version.in
0816590b 6634@dots{} lots of generated files @dots{}
8642bc8f 6635$
474c8240 6636@end smallexample
8973da3a 6637
0816590b 6638@noindent
8642bc8f
AC
6639@emph{Don't worry about the @file{gdb.info-??} or
6640@file{gdb/p-exp.tab.c}. They were generated (and yes @file{gdb.info-1}
6641was also generated only something strange with CVS means that they
6642didn't get supressed). Fixing it would be nice though.}
8973da3a 6643
0816590b 6644@subsubheading Create compressed versions of the release
8973da3a 6645
474c8240 6646@smallexample
0816590b
AC
6647$ cp */src/*.tar .
6648$ cp */src/*.bz2 .
6649$ ls -F
b247355e 6650gdb/ gdb-5.2.tar insight/ insight-5.2.tar
0816590b
AC
6651$ for m in gdb insight
6652do
6653bzip2 -v -9 -c $m-$v.tar > $m-$v.tar.bz2
6654gzip -v -9 -c $m-$v.tar > $m-$v.tar.gz
6655done
6656$
474c8240 6657@end smallexample
8973da3a 6658
0816590b
AC
6659@noindent
6660Note:
6661
6662@itemize @bullet
6663@item
6664A pipe such as @kbd{bunzip2 < xxx.bz2 | gzip -9 > xxx.gz} is not since,
6665in that mode, @code{gzip} does not know the name of the file and, hence,
6666can not include it in the compressed file. This is also why the release
6667process runs @code{tar} and @code{bzip2} as separate passes.
6668@end itemize
6669
6670@subsection Sanity check the tar ball
8973da3a 6671
0816590b 6672Pick a popular machine (Solaris/PPC?) and try the build on that.
8973da3a 6673
0816590b
AC
6674@smallexample
6675$ bunzip2 < gdb-5.2.tar.bz2 | tar xpf -
6676$ cd gdb-5.2
6677$ ./configure
6678$ make
6679@dots{}
6680$ ./gdb/gdb ./gdb/gdb
6681GNU gdb 5.2
6682@dots{}
6683(gdb) b main
6684Breakpoint 1 at 0x80732bc: file main.c, line 734.
6685(gdb) run
6686Starting program: /tmp/gdb-5.2/gdb/gdb
6687
6688Breakpoint 1, main (argc=1, argv=0xbffff8b4) at main.c:734
6689734 catch_errors (captured_main, &args, "", RETURN_MASK_ALL);
6690(gdb) print args
6691$1 = @{argc = 136426532, argv = 0x821b7f0@}
6692(gdb)
6693@end smallexample
8973da3a 6694
0816590b 6695@subsection Make a release candidate available
8973da3a 6696
0816590b 6697If this is a release candidate then the only remaining steps are:
8642bc8f 6698
0816590b
AC
6699@enumerate
6700@item
6701Commit @file{version.in} and @file{ChangeLog}
6702@item
6703Tweak @file{version.in} (and @file{ChangeLog} to read
6704@var{L}.@var{M}.@var{N}-0000-00-00-cvs so that the version update
6705process can restart.
6706@item
6707Make the release candidate available in
6708@uref{ftp://sources.redhat.com/pub/gdb/snapshots/branch}
6709@item
6710Notify the relevant mailing lists ( @email{gdb@@sources.redhat.com} and
6711@email{gdb-testers@@sources.redhat.com} that the candidate is available.
6712@end enumerate
8642bc8f 6713
0816590b 6714@subsection Make a formal release available
8642bc8f 6715
0816590b 6716(And you thought all that was required was to post an e-mail.)
8642bc8f 6717
0816590b 6718@subsubheading Install on sware
8642bc8f 6719
0816590b 6720Copy the new files to both the release and the old release directory:
8642bc8f 6721
474c8240 6722@smallexample
0816590b 6723$ cp *.bz2 *.gz ~ftp/pub/gdb/old-releases/
8642bc8f 6724$ cp *.bz2 *.gz ~ftp/pub/gdb/releases
474c8240 6725@end smallexample
8642bc8f 6726
0816590b
AC
6727@noindent
6728Clean up the releases directory so that only the most recent releases
6729are available (e.g. keep 5.2 and 5.2.1 but remove 5.1):
6730
6731@smallexample
6732$ cd ~ftp/pub/gdb/releases
6733$ rm @dots{}
6734@end smallexample
6735
6736@noindent
6737Update the file @file{README} and @file{.message} in the releases
6738directory:
6739
6740@smallexample
6741$ vi README
6742@dots{}
6743$ rm -f .message
6744$ ln README .message
6745@end smallexample
8642bc8f 6746
0816590b 6747@subsubheading Update the web pages.
8973da3a 6748
0816590b
AC
6749@table @file
6750
6751@item htdocs/download/ANNOUNCEMENT
6752This file, which is posted as the official announcement, includes:
8973da3a
AC
6753@itemize @bullet
6754@item
b247355e 6755General announcement.
8642bc8f 6756@item
0816590b
AC
6757News. If making an @var{M}.@var{N}.1 release, retain the news from
6758earlier @var{M}.@var{N} release.
8973da3a 6759@item
b247355e 6760Errata.
0816590b
AC
6761@end itemize
6762
6763@item htdocs/index.html
6764@itemx htdocs/news/index.html
6765@itemx htdocs/download/index.html
6766These files include:
6767@itemize @bullet
8642bc8f 6768@item
b247355e 6769Announcement of the most recent release.
8642bc8f 6770@item
b247355e 6771News entry (remember to update both the top level and the news directory).
8973da3a 6772@end itemize
0816590b 6773These pages also need to be regenerate using @code{index.sh}.
8973da3a 6774
0816590b 6775@item download/onlinedocs/
8642bc8f
AC
6776You need to find the magic command that is used to generate the online
6777docs from the @file{.tar.bz2}. The best way is to look in the output
0816590b 6778from one of the nightly @code{cron} jobs and then just edit accordingly.
8642bc8f
AC
6779Something like:
6780
474c8240 6781@smallexample
8642bc8f 6782$ ~/ss/update-web-docs \
0816590b 6783 ~ftp/pub/gdb/releases/gdb-5.2.tar.bz2 \
8642bc8f 6784 $PWD/www \
0816590b 6785 /www/sourceware/htdocs/gdb/download/onlinedocs \
8642bc8f 6786 gdb
474c8240 6787@end smallexample
8642bc8f 6788
0816590b
AC
6789@item download/ari/
6790Just like the online documentation. Something like:
8642bc8f 6791
0816590b
AC
6792@smallexample
6793$ /bin/sh ~/ss/update-web-ari \
6794 ~ftp/pub/gdb/releases/gdb-5.2.tar.bz2 \
6795 $PWD/www \
6796 /www/sourceware/htdocs/gdb/download/ari \
6797 gdb
6798@end smallexample
6799
6800@end table
6801
6802@subsubheading Shadow the pages onto gnu
6803
6804Something goes here.
6805
6806
6807@subsubheading Install the @value{GDBN} tar ball on GNU
6808
6809At the time of writing, the GNU machine was @kbd{gnudist.gnu.org} in
6810@file{~ftp/gnu/gdb}.
6811
6812@subsubheading Make the @file{ANNOUNCEMENT}
6813
6814Post the @file{ANNOUNCEMENT} file you created above to:
8642bc8f
AC
6815
6816@itemize @bullet
6817@item
6818@email{gdb-announce@@sources.redhat.com, GDB Announcement mailing list}
6819@item
0816590b
AC
6820@email{info-gnu@@gnu.org, General GNU Announcement list} (but delay it a
6821day or so to let things get out)
6822@item
6823@email{bug-gdb@@gnu.org, GDB Bug Report mailing list}
8642bc8f
AC
6824@end itemize
6825
0816590b 6826@subsection Cleanup
8642bc8f 6827
0816590b 6828The release is out but you're still not finished.
8642bc8f 6829
0816590b 6830@subsubheading Commit outstanding changes
8642bc8f 6831
0816590b 6832In particular you'll need to commit any changes to:
8642bc8f
AC
6833
6834@itemize @bullet
6835@item
6836@file{gdb/ChangeLog}
6837@item
6838@file{gdb/version.in}
6839@item
6840@file{gdb/NEWS}
6841@item
6842@file{gdb/README}
6843@end itemize
6844
0816590b 6845@subsubheading Tag the release
8642bc8f
AC
6846
6847Something like:
6848
474c8240 6849@smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
6850$ d=`date -u +%Y-%m-%d`
6851$ echo $d
68522002-01-24
6853$ ( cd insight/src/gdb && cvs -f -q update )
0816590b 6854$ ( cd insight/src && cvs -f -q tag gdb_5_2-$d-release )
474c8240 6855@end smallexample
8642bc8f 6856
0816590b 6857Insight is used since that contains more of the release than
b247355e 6858@value{GDBN}.
0816590b
AC
6859
6860@subsubheading Mention the release on the trunk
8642bc8f 6861
0816590b
AC
6862Just put something in the @file{ChangeLog} so that the trunk also
6863indicates when the release was made.
6864
6865@subsubheading Restart @file{gdb/version.in}
8642bc8f
AC
6866
6867If @file{gdb/version.in} does not contain an ISO date such as
6868@kbd{2002-01-24} then the daily @code{cronjob} won't update it. Having
6869committed all the release changes it can be set to
0816590b 6870@file{5.2.0_0000-00-00-cvs} which will restart things (yes the @kbd{_}
8642bc8f
AC
6871is important - it affects the snapshot process).
6872
6873Don't forget the @file{ChangeLog}.
6874
0816590b 6875@subsubheading Merge into trunk
8973da3a 6876
8642bc8f
AC
6877The files committed to the branch may also need changes merged into the
6878trunk.
8973da3a 6879
0816590b
AC
6880@subsubheading Revise the release schedule
6881
6882Post a revised release schedule to @email{gdb@@sources.redhat.com, GDB
6883Discussion List} with an updated announcement. The schedule can be
6884generated by running:
6885
6886@smallexample
6887$ ~/ss/schedule `date +%s` schedule
6888@end smallexample
6889
6890@noindent
6891The first parameter is approximate date/time in seconds (from the epoch)
6892of the most recent release.
6893
6894Also update the schedule @code{cronjob}.
6895
8642bc8f 6896@section Post release
8973da3a 6897
8642bc8f 6898Remove any @code{OBSOLETE} code.
8973da3a 6899
085dd6e6
JM
6900@node Testsuite
6901
6902@chapter Testsuite
56caf160 6903@cindex test suite
085dd6e6 6904
56caf160
EZ
6905The testsuite is an important component of the @value{GDBN} package.
6906While it is always worthwhile to encourage user testing, in practice
6907this is rarely sufficient; users typically use only a small subset of
6908the available commands, and it has proven all too common for a change
6909to cause a significant regression that went unnoticed for some time.
085dd6e6 6910
b247355e
NR
6911The @value{GDBN} testsuite uses the DejaGNU testing framework. The
6912tests themselves are calls to various @code{Tcl} procs; the framework
6913runs all the procs and summarizes the passes and fails.
085dd6e6
JM
6914
6915@section Using the Testsuite
6916
56caf160 6917@cindex running the test suite
25822942 6918To run the testsuite, simply go to the @value{GDBN} object directory (or to the
085dd6e6
JM
6919testsuite's objdir) and type @code{make check}. This just sets up some
6920environment variables and invokes DejaGNU's @code{runtest} script. While
6921the testsuite is running, you'll get mentions of which test file is in use,
6922and a mention of any unexpected passes or fails. When the testsuite is
6923finished, you'll get a summary that looks like this:
56caf160 6924
474c8240 6925@smallexample
085dd6e6
JM
6926 === gdb Summary ===
6927
6928# of expected passes 6016
6929# of unexpected failures 58
6930# of unexpected successes 5
6931# of expected failures 183
6932# of unresolved testcases 3
6933# of untested testcases 5
474c8240 6934@end smallexample
56caf160 6935
a9f158ec
JB
6936To run a specific test script, type:
6937@example
6938make check RUNTESTFLAGS='@var{tests}'
6939@end example
6940where @var{tests} is a list of test script file names, separated by
6941spaces.
6942
085dd6e6
JM
6943The ideal test run consists of expected passes only; however, reality
6944conspires to keep us from this ideal. Unexpected failures indicate
56caf160
EZ
6945real problems, whether in @value{GDBN} or in the testsuite. Expected
6946failures are still failures, but ones which have been decided are too
6947hard to deal with at the time; for instance, a test case might work
6948everywhere except on AIX, and there is no prospect of the AIX case
6949being fixed in the near future. Expected failures should not be added
6950lightly, since you may be masking serious bugs in @value{GDBN}.
6951Unexpected successes are expected fails that are passing for some
6952reason, while unresolved and untested cases often indicate some minor
6953catastrophe, such as the compiler being unable to deal with a test
6954program.
6955
6956When making any significant change to @value{GDBN}, you should run the
6957testsuite before and after the change, to confirm that there are no
6958regressions. Note that truly complete testing would require that you
6959run the testsuite with all supported configurations and a variety of
6960compilers; however this is more than really necessary. In many cases
6961testing with a single configuration is sufficient. Other useful
6962options are to test one big-endian (Sparc) and one little-endian (x86)
6963host, a cross config with a builtin simulator (powerpc-eabi,
6964mips-elf), or a 64-bit host (Alpha).
6965
6966If you add new functionality to @value{GDBN}, please consider adding
6967tests for it as well; this way future @value{GDBN} hackers can detect
6968and fix their changes that break the functionality you added.
6969Similarly, if you fix a bug that was not previously reported as a test
6970failure, please add a test case for it. Some cases are extremely
6971difficult to test, such as code that handles host OS failures or bugs
6972in particular versions of compilers, and it's OK not to try to write
6973tests for all of those.
085dd6e6 6974
e7dc800a
MC
6975DejaGNU supports separate build, host, and target machines. However,
6976some @value{GDBN} test scripts do not work if the build machine and
6977the host machine are not the same. In such an environment, these scripts
6978will give a result of ``UNRESOLVED'', like this:
6979
6980@smallexample
6981UNRESOLVED: gdb.base/example.exp: This test script does not work on a remote host.
6982@end smallexample
6983
085dd6e6
JM
6984@section Testsuite Organization
6985
56caf160 6986@cindex test suite organization
085dd6e6
JM
6987The testsuite is entirely contained in @file{gdb/testsuite}. While the
6988testsuite includes some makefiles and configury, these are very minimal,
6989and used for little besides cleaning up, since the tests themselves
25822942 6990handle the compilation of the programs that @value{GDBN} will run. The file
085dd6e6 6991@file{testsuite/lib/gdb.exp} contains common utility procs useful for
25822942 6992all @value{GDBN} tests, while the directory @file{testsuite/config} contains
085dd6e6
JM
6993configuration-specific files, typically used for special-purpose
6994definitions of procs like @code{gdb_load} and @code{gdb_start}.
6995
6996The tests themselves are to be found in @file{testsuite/gdb.*} and
6997subdirectories of those. The names of the test files must always end
6998with @file{.exp}. DejaGNU collects the test files by wildcarding
6999in the test directories, so both subdirectories and individual files
7000get chosen and run in alphabetical order.
7001
7002The following table lists the main types of subdirectories and what they
7003are for. Since DejaGNU finds test files no matter where they are
7004located, and since each test file sets up its own compilation and
7005execution environment, this organization is simply for convenience and
7006intelligibility.
7007
56caf160 7008@table @file
085dd6e6 7009@item gdb.base
085dd6e6 7010This is the base testsuite. The tests in it should apply to all
25822942 7011configurations of @value{GDBN} (but generic native-only tests may live here).
085dd6e6 7012The test programs should be in the subset of C that is valid K&R,
49efadf5 7013ANSI/ISO, and C@t{++} (@code{#ifdef}s are allowed if necessary, for instance
085dd6e6
JM
7014for prototypes).
7015
7016@item gdb.@var{lang}
56caf160 7017Language-specific tests for any language @var{lang} besides C. Examples are
af6cf26d 7018@file{gdb.cp} and @file{gdb.java}.
085dd6e6
JM
7019
7020@item gdb.@var{platform}
085dd6e6
JM
7021Non-portable tests. The tests are specific to a specific configuration
7022(host or target), such as HP-UX or eCos. Example is @file{gdb.hp}, for
7023HP-UX.
7024
7025@item gdb.@var{compiler}
085dd6e6
JM
7026Tests specific to a particular compiler. As of this writing (June
70271999), there aren't currently any groups of tests in this category that
7028couldn't just as sensibly be made platform-specific, but one could
56caf160
EZ
7029imagine a @file{gdb.gcc}, for tests of @value{GDBN}'s handling of GCC
7030extensions.
085dd6e6
JM
7031
7032@item gdb.@var{subsystem}
25822942 7033Tests that exercise a specific @value{GDBN} subsystem in more depth. For
085dd6e6
JM
7034instance, @file{gdb.disasm} exercises various disassemblers, while
7035@file{gdb.stabs} tests pathways through the stabs symbol reader.
085dd6e6
JM
7036@end table
7037
7038@section Writing Tests
56caf160 7039@cindex writing tests
085dd6e6 7040
25822942 7041In many areas, the @value{GDBN} tests are already quite comprehensive; you
085dd6e6
JM
7042should be able to copy existing tests to handle new cases.
7043
7044You should try to use @code{gdb_test} whenever possible, since it
7045includes cases to handle all the unexpected errors that might happen.
7046However, it doesn't cost anything to add new test procedures; for
7047instance, @file{gdb.base/exprs.exp} defines a @code{test_expr} that
7048calls @code{gdb_test} multiple times.
7049
7050Only use @code{send_gdb} and @code{gdb_expect} when absolutely
25822942 7051necessary, such as when @value{GDBN} has several valid responses to a command.
085dd6e6
JM
7052
7053The source language programs do @emph{not} need to be in a consistent
25822942 7054style. Since @value{GDBN} is used to debug programs written in many different
085dd6e6 7055styles, it's worth having a mix of styles in the testsuite; for
25822942 7056instance, some @value{GDBN} bugs involving the display of source lines would
085dd6e6
JM
7057never manifest themselves if the programs used GNU coding style
7058uniformly.
7059
c906108c
SS
7060@node Hints
7061
7062@chapter Hints
7063
7064Check the @file{README} file, it often has useful information that does not
7065appear anywhere else in the directory.
7066
7067@menu
25822942 7068* Getting Started:: Getting started working on @value{GDBN}
33e16fad 7069* Debugging GDB:: Debugging @value{GDBN} with itself
c906108c
SS
7070@end menu
7071
7072@node Getting Started,,, Hints
7073
7074@section Getting Started
7075
25822942 7076@value{GDBN} is a large and complicated program, and if you first starting to
c906108c
SS
7077work on it, it can be hard to know where to start. Fortunately, if you
7078know how to go about it, there are ways to figure out what is going on.
7079
25822942
DB
7080This manual, the @value{GDBN} Internals manual, has information which applies
7081generally to many parts of @value{GDBN}.
c906108c
SS
7082
7083Information about particular functions or data structures are located in
7084comments with those functions or data structures. If you run across a
7085function or a global variable which does not have a comment correctly
25822942 7086explaining what is does, this can be thought of as a bug in @value{GDBN}; feel
c906108c
SS
7087free to submit a bug report, with a suggested comment if you can figure
7088out what the comment should say. If you find a comment which is
7089actually wrong, be especially sure to report that.
7090
7091Comments explaining the function of macros defined in host, target, or
7092native dependent files can be in several places. Sometimes they are
7093repeated every place the macro is defined. Sometimes they are where the
7094macro is used. Sometimes there is a header file which supplies a
7095default definition of the macro, and the comment is there. This manual
7096also documents all the available macros.
7097@c (@pxref{Host Conditionals}, @pxref{Target
7098@c Conditionals}, @pxref{Native Conditionals}, and @pxref{Obsolete
7099@c Conditionals})
7100
56caf160
EZ
7101Start with the header files. Once you have some idea of how
7102@value{GDBN}'s internal symbol tables are stored (see @file{symtab.h},
7103@file{gdbtypes.h}), you will find it much easier to understand the
7104code which uses and creates those symbol tables.
c906108c
SS
7105
7106You may wish to process the information you are getting somehow, to
7107enhance your understanding of it. Summarize it, translate it to another
25822942 7108language, add some (perhaps trivial or non-useful) feature to @value{GDBN}, use
c906108c
SS
7109the code to predict what a test case would do and write the test case
7110and verify your prediction, etc. If you are reading code and your eyes
7111are starting to glaze over, this is a sign you need to use a more active
7112approach.
7113
25822942 7114Once you have a part of @value{GDBN} to start with, you can find more
c906108c
SS
7115specifically the part you are looking for by stepping through each
7116function with the @code{next} command. Do not use @code{step} or you
7117will quickly get distracted; when the function you are stepping through
7118calls another function try only to get a big-picture understanding
7119(perhaps using the comment at the beginning of the function being
7120called) of what it does. This way you can identify which of the
7121functions being called by the function you are stepping through is the
7122one which you are interested in. You may need to examine the data
7123structures generated at each stage, with reference to the comments in
7124the header files explaining what the data structures are supposed to
7125look like.
7126
7127Of course, this same technique can be used if you are just reading the
7128code, rather than actually stepping through it. The same general
7129principle applies---when the code you are looking at calls something
7130else, just try to understand generally what the code being called does,
7131rather than worrying about all its details.
7132
56caf160
EZ
7133@cindex command implementation
7134A good place to start when tracking down some particular area is with
7135a command which invokes that feature. Suppose you want to know how
7136single-stepping works. As a @value{GDBN} user, you know that the
7137@code{step} command invokes single-stepping. The command is invoked
7138via command tables (see @file{command.h}); by convention the function
7139which actually performs the command is formed by taking the name of
7140the command and adding @samp{_command}, or in the case of an
7141@code{info} subcommand, @samp{_info}. For example, the @code{step}
7142command invokes the @code{step_command} function and the @code{info
7143display} command invokes @code{display_info}. When this convention is
7144not followed, you might have to use @code{grep} or @kbd{M-x
7145tags-search} in emacs, or run @value{GDBN} on itself and set a
7146breakpoint in @code{execute_command}.
7147
7148@cindex @code{bug-gdb} mailing list
c906108c
SS
7149If all of the above fail, it may be appropriate to ask for information
7150on @code{bug-gdb}. But @emph{never} post a generic question like ``I was
7151wondering if anyone could give me some tips about understanding
25822942 7152@value{GDBN}''---if we had some magic secret we would put it in this manual.
c906108c
SS
7153Suggestions for improving the manual are always welcome, of course.
7154
33e16fad 7155@node Debugging GDB,,,Hints
c906108c 7156
25822942 7157@section Debugging @value{GDBN} with itself
56caf160 7158@cindex debugging @value{GDBN}
c906108c 7159
25822942 7160If @value{GDBN} is limping on your machine, this is the preferred way to get it
c906108c
SS
7161fully functional. Be warned that in some ancient Unix systems, like
7162Ultrix 4.2, a program can't be running in one process while it is being
56caf160 7163debugged in another. Rather than typing the command @kbd{@w{./gdb
c906108c 7164./gdb}}, which works on Suns and such, you can copy @file{gdb} to
56caf160 7165@file{gdb2} and then type @kbd{@w{./gdb ./gdb2}}.
c906108c 7166
25822942 7167When you run @value{GDBN} in the @value{GDBN} source directory, it will read a
c906108c
SS
7168@file{.gdbinit} file that sets up some simple things to make debugging
7169gdb easier. The @code{info} command, when executed without a subcommand
25822942 7170in a @value{GDBN} being debugged by gdb, will pop you back up to the top level
c906108c
SS
7171gdb. See @file{.gdbinit} for details.
7172
7173If you use emacs, you will probably want to do a @code{make TAGS} after
7174you configure your distribution; this will put the machine dependent
7175routines for your local machine where they will be accessed first by
7176@kbd{M-.}
7177
25822942 7178Also, make sure that you've either compiled @value{GDBN} with your local cc, or
c906108c
SS
7179have run @code{fixincludes} if you are compiling with gcc.
7180
7181@section Submitting Patches
7182
56caf160 7183@cindex submitting patches
c906108c 7184Thanks for thinking of offering your changes back to the community of
25822942 7185@value{GDBN} users. In general we like to get well designed enhancements.
c906108c
SS
7186Thanks also for checking in advance about the best way to transfer the
7187changes.
7188
25822942
DB
7189The @value{GDBN} maintainers will only install ``cleanly designed'' patches.
7190This manual summarizes what we believe to be clean design for @value{GDBN}.
c906108c
SS
7191
7192If the maintainers don't have time to put the patch in when it arrives,
7193or if there is any question about a patch, it goes into a large queue
7194with everyone else's patches and bug reports.
7195
56caf160 7196@cindex legal papers for code contributions
c906108c
SS
7197The legal issue is that to incorporate substantial changes requires a
7198copyright assignment from you and/or your employer, granting ownership
7199of the changes to the Free Software Foundation. You can get the
9e0b60a8
JM
7200standard documents for doing this by sending mail to @code{gnu@@gnu.org}
7201and asking for it. We recommend that people write in "All programs
7202owned by the Free Software Foundation" as "NAME OF PROGRAM", so that
56caf160
EZ
7203changes in many programs (not just @value{GDBN}, but GAS, Emacs, GCC,
7204etc) can be
9e0b60a8 7205contributed with only one piece of legalese pushed through the
be9c6c35 7206bureaucracy and filed with the FSF. We can't start merging changes until
9e0b60a8
JM
7207this paperwork is received by the FSF (their rules, which we follow
7208since we maintain it for them).
c906108c
SS
7209
7210Technically, the easiest way to receive changes is to receive each
56caf160
EZ
7211feature as a small context diff or unidiff, suitable for @code{patch}.
7212Each message sent to me should include the changes to C code and
7213header files for a single feature, plus @file{ChangeLog} entries for
7214each directory where files were modified, and diffs for any changes
7215needed to the manuals (@file{gdb/doc/gdb.texinfo} or
7216@file{gdb/doc/gdbint.texinfo}). If there are a lot of changes for a
7217single feature, they can be split down into multiple messages.
9e0b60a8
JM
7218
7219In this way, if we read and like the feature, we can add it to the
c906108c 7220sources with a single patch command, do some testing, and check it in.
56caf160
EZ
7221If you leave out the @file{ChangeLog}, we have to write one. If you leave
7222out the doc, we have to puzzle out what needs documenting. Etc., etc.
c906108c 7223
9e0b60a8
JM
7224The reason to send each change in a separate message is that we will not
7225install some of the changes. They'll be returned to you with questions
7226or comments. If we're doing our job correctly, the message back to you
c906108c 7227will say what you have to fix in order to make the change acceptable.
9e0b60a8
JM
7228The reason to have separate messages for separate features is so that
7229the acceptable changes can be installed while one or more changes are
7230being reworked. If multiple features are sent in a single message, we
7231tend to not put in the effort to sort out the acceptable changes from
7232the unacceptable, so none of the features get installed until all are
7233acceptable.
7234
7235If this sounds painful or authoritarian, well, it is. But we get a lot
7236of bug reports and a lot of patches, and many of them don't get
7237installed because we don't have the time to finish the job that the bug
c906108c
SS
7238reporter or the contributor could have done. Patches that arrive
7239complete, working, and well designed, tend to get installed on the day
9e0b60a8
JM
7240they arrive. The others go into a queue and get installed as time
7241permits, which, since the maintainers have many demands to meet, may not
7242be for quite some time.
c906108c 7243
56caf160 7244Please send patches directly to
47b95330 7245@email{gdb-patches@@sources.redhat.com, the @value{GDBN} maintainers}.
c906108c
SS
7246
7247@section Obsolete Conditionals
56caf160 7248@cindex obsolete code
c906108c 7249
25822942 7250Fragments of old code in @value{GDBN} sometimes reference or set the following
c906108c
SS
7251configuration macros. They should not be used by new code, and old uses
7252should be removed as those parts of the debugger are otherwise touched.
7253
7254@table @code
c906108c
SS
7255@item STACK_END_ADDR
7256This macro used to define where the end of the stack appeared, for use
7257in interpreting core file formats that don't record this address in the
25822942
DB
7258core file itself. This information is now configured in BFD, and @value{GDBN}
7259gets the info portably from there. The values in @value{GDBN}'s configuration
c906108c 7260files should be moved into BFD configuration files (if needed there),
25822942 7261and deleted from all of @value{GDBN}'s config files.
c906108c
SS
7262
7263Any @file{@var{foo}-xdep.c} file that references STACK_END_ADDR
7264is so old that it has never been converted to use BFD. Now that's old!
7265
c906108c
SS
7266@end table
7267
bcd7e15f 7268@include observer.texi
2154891a 7269@raisesections
aab4e0ec 7270@include fdl.texi
2154891a 7271@lowersections
aab4e0ec 7272
56caf160
EZ
7273@node Index
7274@unnumbered Index
7275
7276@printindex cp
7277
c906108c 7278@bye
This page took 0.895934 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.